Initial release

This commit is contained in:
civ
2026-08-16 18:24:52 +07:00
commit 876886a39a
13244 changed files with 2353959 additions and 0 deletions
+24
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MIT License
Copyright (c) 2025, Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+10
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# Welcome to VST 3 SDK Interfaces
Here are located all **VST 3** interfaces definitions (including VST Component/Controller, UI, Test).
## License & Usage guidelines
More details are found at [www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3](http://www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses_vst3)
----
Return to [VST 3 SDK](https://github.com/steinbergmedia/vst3sdk)
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/conststringtable.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2007
// Description : constant unicode string table
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "conststringtable.h"
#include <cstring>
#include <map>
namespace Steinberg {
static std::map<const char8*, char16*>* stringMap;
static std::map<const char8, char16>* charMap;
static char16* generateUTF16 (const char8* str);
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable* ConstStringTable::instance ()
{
static ConstStringTable stringTable;
return &stringTable;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
const char16* ConstStringTable::getString (const char8* str) const
{
std::map<const char8*, char16*>::iterator iter = stringMap->find (str);
if (iter != stringMap->end ())
return iter->second;
char16* uStr = generateUTF16 (str);
stringMap->insert (std::make_pair (str, uStr));
return uStr;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
char16 ConstStringTable::getString (const char8 str) const
{
std::map<const char8, char16>::iterator iter = charMap->find (str);
if (iter != charMap->end ())
return iter->second;
char16 uStr = 0;
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* puStr = (char8*)&uStr;
puStr[1] = str;
#else
uStr = str;
#endif
charMap->insert (std::make_pair (str, uStr));
return uStr;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable::ConstStringTable ()
{
stringMap = new std::map<const char8*, char16*>;
charMap = new std::map<const char8, char16>;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
ConstStringTable::~ConstStringTable ()
{
// free out allocated strings
{
std::map<const char8*, char16*>::iterator iter = stringMap->begin ();
while (iter != stringMap->end ())
{
delete[] iter->second;
iter++;
}
} // delete iterator on map before deleting the map
delete stringMap;
delete charMap;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
char16* generateUTF16 (const char8* str)
{
int32 len = (int32)strlen (str);
char16* result = new char16[len + 1];
for (int32 i = 0; i < len; i++)
{
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* pChr = (char8*)&result[i];
pChr[0] = 0;
pChr[1] = str[i];
#else
result[i] = str[i];
#endif
}
result[len] = 0;
return result;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/conststringtable.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2007
// Description : constant unicode string table
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Constant unicode string table.
Used for conversion from ASCII string literals to char16.
*/
class ConstStringTable
{
public:
static ConstStringTable* instance ();
/** Returns a char16 string of a ASCII string literal*/
const char16* getString (const char8* str) const;
/** Returns a char16 character of a ASCII character */
char16 getString (const char8 str) const;
protected:
ConstStringTable ();
~ConstStringTable ();
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+40
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interface IID definitions
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/coreiids.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/icloneable.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginBase)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory2)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory3)
DEF_CLASS_IID (FUnknown)
DEF_CLASS_IID (ICloneable)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IDependent)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IUpdateHandler)
DEF_CLASS_IID (IBStream)
DEF_CLASS_IID (ISizeableStream)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+449
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Basic Host Service Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/doc.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : doc for doxygen
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
********************************************************************
\mainpage VST Module Architecture
********************************************************************
\tableofcontents
********************************************************************
\section piVstMa Introduction
********************************************************************
\b VST-MA is a component model system which is used in all <a href="http://www.steinberg.net" target=_blank>Steinberg</a> host applications
as the basic layer for plug-in support as well as for internal application components.\n
It is object-oriented, cross-platform and (almost) compiler-independent. \n
The basics are very much like Microsoft(R) COM, so if you are familiar with
this technology, understanding VST-MA should be quite easy.
\b VST-MA is provided in C++ only. Interfaces in C++ are expressed as pure virtual class
(which is a class with nothing but abstract methods). Unlike COM there is no support for C or other
languages yet - simply because there has been no need for this so far. But all \b VST-MA interfaces
can be transformed into different representations in case this should be inevitable some day. \n
It is currently available for Windows and Mac OS X.
The C++ files belonging to \b VST-MA are located in the following folders:
- <a href="../../pluginterfaces/base" target=_blank>pluginterfaces/base</a>
- <a href="../../pluginterfaces/gui" target=_blank>pluginterfaces/gui</a>
\b Note: The name 'VST Module Architecture' has only little relation to the 'Virtual Studio Technology' itself. \n
It describes the basic layer for any plug-in category supported in <a href="http://www.steinberg.net" target=_blank>Steinberg</a> hosts. \b VST-MA
existed long before it was used as a base for VST 3 ifself.
\n
\n
********************************************************************
\section piInterfaces Interfaces
********************************************************************
**********************************
\subsection funknown FUnknown
**********************************
Steinberg::FUnknown is the basic interface of \b VST-MA. All other interfaces are directly or
indirectly derived from it.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection iid IID/CID
**********************************
Each interface has a unique identifier (IID) of type Steinberg::FUID. It is used to retrieve a new
interface from another one (Steinberg::FUnknown::queryInterface). It is important to understand the
difference between interface identifier and component identifier.\n
A component-ID or class-ID (CID) is used to identify a concrete implementation class and is usually passed to a class factory in order
to create the corresponding component. \n
So a lot of different classes (with different class identifiers) can implement the same interfaces.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection direction Direction
**********************************
An interface may have a \b direction, meaning that the interface is expected to be
implemented either in the plug-in or in the host. The nature of an interface is documented like this:
\n \n
- <b>[host imp] </b>: the host implements the interface
- <b>[plug imp] </b>: the plug-in implements the interface
.
\n
When neither of these is specified, the interface can be used in both ways.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection version Versioning and inheritance
**********************************
Unlike C++ classes, interfaces do not use inheritance to express specializations of objects.
Inheritance is used for versioning only. One of the strict rules is, that once an interface has been
released, it must never change again. Adding new functionality to an interface requires a new version
(usually an ordinal number is added to its name in this case).\n
A new version inherits the old version(s)
of the interface, so the old and the new methods are combined in one interface. This is why specializations
need to be modeled as separate interfaces! If a specialized interface were to inherit from the basic interface
as well, an implementation class that needs to implement all of these interfaces would inherit the base
interface twice, causing the compiler to run into ambiguities. So the specialization relation
to a basic interface can only be expressed in the documentation: \n \n
- ISpecialInterface [\b extends IBaseInterface] => means IBaseInterface::queryInterface (ISpecialInterface::iid, ...) can be used to retrieve the derived
interface.
.
\n
You can find some example code here: \ref versionInheritance
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection com COM Compatibility
**********************************
The first layer of \b VST-MA is binary-compatible to \b COM. The Vtable and interface identifier of
FUnknown match with the corresponding COM interface IUnknown. The main difference is the organization
and creation of components by a host application. \b VST-MA does not require any Microsoft(R) COM source file.
You can find information about \b COM on pages like: \n
- \htmlonly <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/Com/resources/comdocs.asp" target="_blank">http://www.microsoft.com/Com/resources/comdocs.asp</a>\endhtmlonly.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection basic Basic Interfaces
**********************************
- Steinberg::FUnknown
- Steinberg::IPluginBase
- Steinberg::IPluginFactory
.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection helper Helper Classes
**********************************
- Steinberg::FUID
- Steinberg::FUnknownPtr
.
\n
\see \ref howtoClass
\n
\n
********************************************************************
\section piPlugins Plug-ins
********************************************************************
**********************************
\subsection module Module Factory
**********************************
A module (Windows: Dynamic Link Library, MAC: Mach-O Bundle) contains the implementation
of one or more components (e.g. VST 3 effects). A \b VST-MA module must contain a class factory
where meta-data and create-methods for the components are registered. \n
The host has access to this factory through the Steinberg::IPluginFactory interface. This is the anchor point for the module
and it is realized as a C-style export function named GetPluginFactory. You can find an export
definition file in folder - <a href="../../public.sdk/win/stdplug.def" target=_blank>public.sdk/win/stdplug.def</a>
which can be used to export this function. \n
GetPluginFactory is declared as follows:
\code{.cpp}
IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory ()
\endcode
\n
**********************************
\subsection Locations
**********************************
Component modules do not require registration like DirectX. The host application expects component modules to be located in predefined folders of the file system.
These folders and their subfolders are scanned for \b VST-MA modules during application startup. Each folder serves a special purpose:
- The application's \c Components subfolder (e.g. "C:\Program Files\Steinberg\Cubase SX\Components") is used for components tightly bound to the application. No other application should use it.
- Components that are shared between all <a href="http://www.steinberg.net" target=_blank>Steinberg</a> hosts are located at:
- Win: "/Program Files/Common Files/Steinberg/shared components"
- Mac: "/Library/Application Support/Steinberg/Components/"
- For special purpose plug-in types, additional locations can be defined. Please refer to the corresponding documentation to find out if additional folders are used and where to find them.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection Categories
**********************************
Any class that the factory can create is assigned to a category. It is this category that tells
the host the purpose of the class (and gives a hint of which interfaces it might implement). \n
A class is also described with a name and it has a unique id.
- For example, the category for import/export filters is <b>"Project Filter"</b> and for VST 3 audio plug-ins <b>"Audio Module Class"</b>.
- "Service" is a special category. The purpose of a class of this category is completely
unknown to the host. It is be loaded automatically during program start
(provided that the user did not deactivate it).
- Since the factory can create any number of classes, one component library can contain
multiple components of any type.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection IPluginBase
**********************************
The entry-point interface for any component class is Steinberg::IPluginBase. The host uses this
interface to initialize and to terminate the plug-in component. When the host initializes the
plug-in, it passes a so called context. This context contains any interface to the host that
the plug-in will need to work.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection purpose Purpose-specific interfaces
**********************************
Each plug-in category (VST 3 Effects, Project import/export Filters, Audio Codecs, etc...) defines its own set of purpose-specific interfaces. These are not part of the basic VST-MA layer.
\n
\n
\see \ref loadPlugin
\n
\n
********************************************************************
\section Unicode Unicode
********************************************************************
Beginning with version 5 of Cubase and Nuendo, the internal structure of the host was modified to
better support internationalization. Therefore, string handling was changed to utilize
<A HREF="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode">Unicode</A> strings whenever strings are passed
around. As a consequence, all the interfaces to plug-ins have changed from using ASCI to Unicode strings
for call and return parameters. So in turn, all plug-in must be adapted to support
Unicode. This has major consequences in that:
- Unicode hosts (Cubase 5 or later) will only work with Unicode plug-ins. When loading a plug-in,
a Unicode host checks the plug-in's type and will not load any non-Unicode plug-ins.
\n
- Unicode plug-ins will <b>not</b> load in non-Unicode hosts. When loading a Unicode plug-in
requests information from the host and will not load, if no Unicode host is detected.
Therefore, if a plug-in is supposed to work with both older and newer hosts, it is best to provide
two versions of the plug-in.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection plugunicode Plug-ins for Unicode hosts
**********************************
Writing plug-ins that are supposed to work only with Unicode hosts is easy. Use a current version
of this SDK and develop a plug-in as usual. Make sure that you only ever pass Unicode
<a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UTF-16">UTF-16</a> strings to interfaces that
have strings as call parameters and also be prepared that strings returned by these interfaces are
always <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UTF-16">UTF-16</a>. Therefore, to make things easier, it is recommended that Unicode strings are used throughout the
plug-in's implementation, in order to avoid back and forth conversions.
Also, use the Steinberg::String and Steinberg::ConstString classes from
the Base module, they have been designed to work universally on both Mac and Win.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection migrating Migrating from non-Unicode to Unicode
**********************************
In <a href="http://www.steinberg.net" target="_blank">Steinberg</a> SDKs released before Cubase 5 the interface functions were using pointers of type <c> char </c>
for passing strings to and from the host. These have been changed now to using Steinberg's defined
type <c> tchar </c> which is equivalent to <c> char16 </c>, i.e. 16 bit character. In theory, there are
many ways for representing 16 bits characters, but we chose
to use the industry standard <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode">Unicode</a>, so strings
are expected to be encoded in <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UTF-16">UTF-16</a>. \n
Accordingly, also the implementation of a plug-in needs to be adapted to deal correctly with Unicode
encoded strings, as well as only ever passing Unicode strings to the host.
\n
\n
<b>Technical note</b>: Changing a function from using 8 bit to 16 bit character pointers may seem as only a
minor modification, but in interface design this is a major intrusion, because an interface is
a contract to the outside world that is never to be changed. Therefore, classes that are changed
to use Unicode strings are distinguished and also receive a new unique class ID.
\n
\n
**********************************
\subsection backward SDK backward compatibility
**********************************
Even with the current SDK it is still possible to develop non-Unicode plug-ins. In the
file <a href="../../pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h">pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h</a>, the line "#define UNICODE_OFF"
is commented out, by uncommenting it you can revert all interfaces to using single byte ASCII strings.
Alternatively you can also specify UNICODE_OFF as a preprocessor definition in your project file.\n
Also, the plug-in's factory info now does not define the Unicode flag anymore, so a Unicode host sees the compiled
plug-in as non-Unicode. Also, when reverting to single byte strings the plug-in's implementation also
has to be changed to behave correctly.
\n
\n
<b>Technical note</b>: When undefining Unicode, the class IDs also revert to the old ones.
\n
\n
*/
//******************************************************
/**
\page howtoClass How to derive a class from an interface
*********************************************************
In the first example we derive a class directly from FUnknown, using some of the helper macros provided by the SDK.
\code{.cpp}
class CMyClass: public FUnknown
{
public:
CMyClass ();
virtual ~CMyClass ();
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS // declares queryInterface, addRef and release
};
CMyClass::CMyClass ()
{
FUNKNOWN_CTOR // init reference counter, increment global object counter
}
CMyClass::~CMyClass ()
{
FUNKNOWN_DTOR // decrement global object counter
}
IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT (CMyClass) // implements reference counting
tresult CMyClass::queryInterface (const char* iid, void** obj)
{
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, ::FUnknown::iid, CMyClass)
return kNoInterface;
}
\endcode
Developing a class with more than one interface is done by multiple inheritance. Additionally you have to provide an appropriate cast for each interface in the queryInterface method.
\code{.cpp}
class CMyMultiClass : public Steinberg::IPluginBase,
public Steinberg::IPlugController,
public Steinberg::IEditorFactory
{
public:
DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS
// declare the methods of all inherited interfaces here...
};
IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT (CMyMultiClass) // implements reference counting
tresult CMyMultiClass::queryInterface (const char* iid, void** obj)
{
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, Steinberg::FUnknown::iid, IPluginBase)
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, Steinberg::IPluginBase::iid, IPluginBase)
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, Steinberg::IPlugController::iid, IPlugController)
QUERY_INTERFACE (iid, obj, Steinberg::IEditorFactory::iid, IEditorFactory)
*obj = 0;
return kNoInterface;
}
\endcode
*/
//********************************************************************
/** \page versionInheritance Interface Versions and Inheritance
********************************************************************
\par
Unlike C++ classes, \b VST-MA interfaces do not use inheritance to express
specializations of objects. Usually all interfaces are derived from
FUnknown. This is because interfaces must \b never change after they
have been released. The VST Module Architecture Interfaces use inheritance
only for versioning! All specializations will be modeled as
separate interfaces!
For example the C++ classes
\code{.cpp}
class Shape
{
public:
void setPosition (long x, long y);
protected:
long x;
long y;
};
class Rect : public Shape
{
public:
void setDimension (long width, long height);
protected:
long width;
long height;
};
\endcode
expressed in \b VST-MA, define an interface for each inheritance level:
\code{.cpp}
class IShape : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void setPosition (long x, long y) = 0;
};
class IRect : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void setDimension (long width, long height) = 0;
};
\endcode
In the next program version there need to be changes to
the \c Shape class that look like this:
\code{.cpp}
class Shape
{
public:
void setPosition (long x, long y);
void setColor (Color color);
protected:
long x;
long y;
Color color;
};
\endcode
The \b VST-MA representation now reflect the changes to Shape by adding a
new interface that inherits from IShape and looks like the following
code, while the former interface definitions remain the same:
\code{.cpp}
class IShape2 : public IShape
{
public:
virtual void setColor (Color color) = 0;
};
\endcode
*/
//********************************************************************
/** \page loadPlugin How the host will load a plug-in
********************************************************************
\par
The host application will handle a plug-in in the following manner
(some code is Windows-specific!):
\code{.cpp}
HMODULE hModule = LoadLibrary ("SomePlugin.dll");
if (hModule)
{
InitModuleProc initProc = (InitModuleProc)GetProcAddress (hModule, "InitDll");
if (initProc)
{
if (initProc () == false)
{
FreeLibrary (module);
return false;
}
}
GetFactoryProc proc = (GetFactoryProc)GetProcAddress (hModule, "GetPluginFactory");
IPluginFactory* factory = proc ? proc () : 0;
if (factory)
{
for (int32 i = 0; i < factory->countClasses (); i++)
{
PClassInfo ci;
factory->getClassInfo (i, &ci);
FUnknown* obj;
factory->createInstance (ci.cid, FUnknown::iid, (void**)&obj);
...
obj->release ();
}
factory->release ();
}
ExitModuleProc exitProc = (ExitModuleProc)GetProcAddress (hModule, "ExitDll");
if (exitProc)
exitProc ();
FreeLibrary (hModule);
}
\endcode
*/
+27
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Restore alignment settings
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#pragma pack(pop)
#elif defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a-
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#pragma pack(pop)
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+46
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Set alignment settings
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma-pack"
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#pragma pack(push, 16)
#else
#pragma pack(push, 1)
#endif
#elif defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a8
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
//! @brief warning C4103: alignment changed after including header, may be due to missing #pragma pack(pop)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable : 4103)
#endif
#pragma pack(push)
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#pragma pack(16)
#else
#pragma pack(8)
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#pragma pack(push, 16)
#else
#pragma pack(push, 8)
#endif
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+333
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Detect platform and set define
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
// values for BYTEORDER according to the used platform
#define kLittleEndian 0
#define kBigEndian 1
#undef PLUGIN_API
#if !defined (__INTEL_CXX11_MODE__)
#define SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE 0
#else
#define SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE __INTEL_CXX11_MODE__
#endif
#if !defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
#define SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER 0
#else
#define SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER __INTEL_COMPILER
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WIN32 AND WIN64 (WINDOWS)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined (_WIN32)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 0
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 1
#define SMTG_OS_IOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_OSX 0
#if defined (_M_IX86)
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 0
#endif
#if defined (_M_AMD64) // expected: "&& !defined(_M_ARM64EC)", but performance with IPP is better than native ARM code
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 0
#endif
#if defined (_M_ARM)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM 0
#endif
#if defined (_M_ARM64)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 0
#endif
#if defined (_M_ARM64EC)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64EC 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64EC 0
#endif
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS_ARM (SMTG_CPU_ARM_64EC || SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 || SMTG_CPU_ARM)
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 1
#define PLUGIN_API __stdcall
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 0
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __declspec (dllexport)
#define SMTG_HIDDEN_SYMBOL
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#if !defined (SMTG_DISABLE_DEFAULT_DIAGNOSTICS)
#pragma warning (disable : 4244) //! @brief warning C4244: Conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', possible loss of data.
#pragma warning (disable : 4250) //! @brief warning C4250: Inheritance via dominance is allowed
#pragma warning (3 : 4189) //! @brief warning C4189: local variable is initialized but not referenced
#pragma warning (3 : 4238) //! @brief warning C4238: nonstandard extension used: class rvalue used as lvalue
#endif
#endif // _MSC_VER
#if defined (_WIN64) || defined (_M_ARM64)
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#ifndef WIN32
#define WIN32 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define SMTG_CPP11 (__cplusplus >= 201103L || _MSC_VER > 1600 || SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE)
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_CPP14 (__cplusplus >= 201402L || ((_MSC_FULL_VER >= 190024210L) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 201402L)))
#define SMTG_CPP17 (__cplusplus >= 201703L || ((_MSC_FULL_VER >= 190024210L) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 201703L)))
#define SMTG_CPP20 (__cplusplus >= 202002L)
#define SMTG_CPP23 (__cplusplus >= 202302L)
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT ((_MSC_FULL_VER >= 190023026L) || (SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE && SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER >= 1300))
#if ((_MSC_FULL_VER >= 190024210L) || (SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE && SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER >= 1500) || (defined (__MINGW32__) && SMTG_CPP11))
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP11_CONSTEXPR 1
#else
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP11_CONSTEXPR 0
#endif
#if (((_MSC_VER >= 1915L) && (_MSVC_LANG >= 201402L)) || (SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE && SMTG_INTEL_COMPILER > 1700) || (defined (__MINGW32__) && SMTG_CPP14))
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP14_CONSTEXPR 1
#else
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP14_CONSTEXPR 0
#endif
#endif //__cplusplus
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(message) __declspec (deprecated ("Is Deprecated: " message))
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// LINUX
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#elif (defined (__gnu_linux__) && __gnu_linux__) || (defined (__linux__) && __linux__)
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 1
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS_ARM 0
#define SMTG_OS_IOS 0
#define SMTG_OS_OSX 0
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 __i386__
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 __x86_64__
#if defined (__arm__)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM __arm__
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM 0
#endif
#if defined (__aarch64__)
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 __aarch64__
#else
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 0
#endif
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64EC 0
#include <endian.h>
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#else
#define BYTEORDER kBigEndian
#endif
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 0
#define PLUGIN_API
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 1
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
#define SMTG_HIDDEN_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")))
#if __LP64__
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <cstddef>
#define SMTG_CPP11 (__cplusplus >= 201103L)
#ifndef SMTG_CPP11
#error unsupported compiler
#endif
#define SMTG_CPP14 (__cplusplus >= 201402L)
#define SMTG_CPP17 (__cplusplus >= 201703L)
#define SMTG_CPP20 (__cplusplus >= 202002L)
#define SMTG_CPP23 (__cplusplus >= 202302L)
#if defined (__GNUG__) && __GNUG__ < 8
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 0
#else
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 1
#endif
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 1
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP11_CONSTEXPR SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP14_CONSTEXPR SMTG_CPP14
#endif // __cplusplus
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Mac and iOS
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#elif __APPLE__
#include <TargetConditionals.h>
#define SMTG_OS_LINUX 0
#define SMTG_OS_MACOS 1
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS 0
#define SMTG_OS_WINDOWS_ARM 0
#define SMTG_OS_IOS TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#define SMTG_OS_OSX TARGET_OS_MAC && !TARGET_OS_IPHONE
#define SMTG_CPU_X86 TARGET_CPU_X86
#define SMTG_CPU_X86_64 TARGET_CPU_X86_64
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM TARGET_CPU_ARM
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64 TARGET_CPU_ARM64
#define SMTG_CPU_ARM_64EC 0
#if !SMTG_OS_IOS
#ifndef __CF_USE_FRAMEWORK_INCLUDES__
#define __CF_USE_FRAMEWORK_INCLUDES__
#endif
#ifndef TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
#define TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON 1
#endif
#endif
#if __LP64__
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 1
#else
#define SMTG_PLATFORM_64 0
#endif
#if defined (__BIG_ENDIAN__)
#define BYTEORDER kBigEndian
#else
#define BYTEORDER kLittleEndian
#endif
#define COM_COMPATIBLE 0
#define PLUGIN_API
#define SMTG_PTHREADS 1
#define SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("default")))
#define SMTG_HIDDEN_SYMBOL __attribute__ ((visibility ("hidden")))
#if !defined (__PLIST__) && !defined (SMTG_DISABLE_DEFAULT_DIAGNOSTICS)
#ifdef __clang__
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-enum"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wparentheses"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wuninitialized"
#if __clang_major__ >= 3
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtautological-compare"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-value"
#if __clang_major__ >= 4 || __clang_minor__ >= 1
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch"
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wcomment"
#endif
#if __clang_major__ >= 5
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunsequenced"
#if __clang_minor__ >= 1
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-const-variable"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
#include <cstddef>
#define SMTG_CPP11 (__cplusplus >= 201103L || SMTG_INTEL_CXX11_MODE)
#define SMTG_CPP14 (__cplusplus >= 201402L)
#define SMTG_CPP17 (__cplusplus >= 201703L)
#define SMTG_CPP20 (__cplusplus >= 202002L)
#define SMTG_CPP23 (__cplusplus >= 202302L)
#if defined (_LIBCPP_VERSION) && SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 1
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 1
#else
#define SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT 0
#define SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT 0
#endif
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP11_CONSTEXPR SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_HAS_CPP14_CONSTEXPR SMTG_CPP14
#endif // __cplusplus
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unknown Platform
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#else
#pragma error unknown platform
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if !SMTG_RENAME_ASSERT
#undef WINDOWS
#undef MAC
#undef PTHREADS
#undef PLATFORM_64
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define WINDOWS SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS
#define MAC SMTG_OS_MACOS
#endif
#define PLATFORM_64 SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#define PTHREADS SMTG_PTHREADS
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_OVERRIDE override
#else
#define SMTG_OVERRIDE
#endif
#if SMTG_HAS_CPP11_CONSTEXPR
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR constexpr
#else
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR
#endif
#if SMTG_HAS_CPP14_CONSTEXPR
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 constexpr
#else
#define SMTG_CONSTEXPR14
#endif
#if SMTG_HAS_NOEXCEPT
#define SMTG_NOEXCEPT noexcept
#else
#define SMTG_NOEXCEPT
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Deprecation setting
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE
#if SMTG_CPP17
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(msg) [[deprecated(msg)]]
#else
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(msg)
#endif
#endif
#define SMTG_DEPRECATED_MSG(msg) SMTG_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE(msg)
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+293
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Definitions for handling strings (Unicode / ASCII / Platforms)
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** string methods defines unicode / ASCII */
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// 16 bit string operations
#if SMTG_CPP11 // if c++11 unicode string literals
#define SMTG_CPP11_CAT_PRIVATE_DONT_USE(a,b) a ## b
#define STR16(x) SMTG_CPP11_CAT_PRIVATE_DONT_USE(u,x)
#else
#include "conststringtable.h"
#define STR16(x) Steinberg::ConstStringTable::instance ()->getString (x)
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define STR(x) STR16(x)
#define tStrBufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::tchar))
#else
#define STR(x) x
#define tStrBufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer))
#endif
#define str8BufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::char8))
#define str16BufferSize(buffer) (sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(Steinberg::char16))
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define FORMAT_INT64A "I64d"
#define FORMAT_UINT64A "I64u"
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS || SMTG_OS_LINUX
#define FORMAT_INT64A "lld"
#define FORMAT_UINT64A "llu"
#define stricmp strcasecmp
#define strnicmp strncasecmp
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define FORMAT_INT64W STR(FORMAT_INT64A)
#define FORMAT_UINT64W STR(FORMAT_UINT64A)
#define FORMAT_INT64 FORMAT_INT64W
#define FORMAT_UINT64 FORMAT_UINT64W
#else
#define FORMAT_INT64 FORMAT_INT64A
#define FORMAT_UINT64 FORMAT_UINT64A
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// newline
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define ENDLINE_A "\r\n"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\r\n")
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#define ENDLINE_A "\r"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\r")
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#define ENDLINE_A "\n"
#define ENDLINE_W STR ("\n")
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define ENDLINE ENDLINE_W
#else
#define ENDLINE ENDLINE_A
#endif
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !defined(__GNUC__) && defined(_MSC_VER)
#define stricmp _stricmp
#define strnicmp _strnicmp
#if (_MSC_VER < 1900)
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const tchar kEmptyString[] = { 0 };
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const char8 kEmptyString8[] = { 0 };
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const char16 kEmptyString16[] = { 0 };
#ifdef UNICODE
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const tchar kInfiniteSymbol[] = { 0x221E, 0 };
#else
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const tchar* const kInfiniteSymbol = STR ("oo");
#endif
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 _tstrlen (const T* wcs)
{
const T* eos = wcs;
while (*eos++)
;
return (int32) (eos - wcs - 1);
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 tstrlen (const tchar* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strlen8 (const char8* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strlen16 (const char16* str) {return _tstrlen (str);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 _tstrcmp (const T* src, const T* dst)
{
while (*src == *dst && *dst)
{
src++;
dst++;
}
if (*src == 0 && *dst == 0)
return 0;
if (*src == 0)
return -1;
if (*dst == 0)
return 1;
return (int32) (*src - *dst);
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 tstrcmp (const tchar* src, const tchar* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strcmp8 (const char8* src, const char8* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strcmp16 (const char16* src, const char16* dst) {return _tstrcmp (src, dst);}
template <typename T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strcmpT (const T* first, const T* last);
template <>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strcmpT<char8> (const char8* first, const char8* last) { return _tstrcmp (first, last); }
template <>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strcmpT<char16> (const char16* first, const char16* last) { return _tstrcmp (first, last); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 _tstrncmp (const T* first, const T* last, uint32 count)
{
if (count == 0)
return 0;
while (--count && *first && *first == *last)
{
first++;
last++;
}
if (*first == 0 && *last == 0)
return 0;
if (*first == 0)
return -1;
if (*last == 0)
return 1;
return (int32) (*first - *last);
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 tstrncmp (const tchar* first, const tchar* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strncmp8 (const char8* first, const char8* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strncmp16 (const char16* first, const char16* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count);}
template <typename T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strncmpT (const T* first, const T* last, uint32 count);
template <>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strncmpT<char8> (const char8* first, const char8* last, uint32 count) { return _tstrncmp (first, last, count); }
template <>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 int32 strncmpT<char16> (const char16* first, const char16* last, uint32 count) {return _tstrncmp (first, last, count); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 T* _tstrcpy (T* dst, const T* src)
{
T* cp = dst;
while ((*cp++ = *src++) != 0) // copy string
;
return dst;
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 tchar* tstrcpy (tchar* dst, const tchar* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char8* strcpy8 (char8* dst, const char8* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char16* strcpy16 (char16* dst, const char16* src) {return _tstrcpy (dst, src);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 T* _tstrncpy (T* dest, const T* source, uint32 count)
{
T* start = dest;
while (count && (*dest++ = *source++) != 0) // copy string
count--;
if (count) // pad out with zeros
{
while (--count)
*dest++ = 0;
}
return start;
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 tchar* tstrncpy (tchar* dest, const tchar* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char8* strncpy8 (char8* dest, const char8* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char16* strncpy16 (char16* dest, const char16* source, uint32 count) {return _tstrncpy (dest, source, count);}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 T* _tstrcat (T* dst, const T* src)
{
T* cp = dst;
while (*cp)
cp++; // find end of dst
while ((*cp++ = *src++) != 0) // Copy src to end of dst
;
return dst;
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 tchar* tstrcat (tchar* dst, const tchar* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char8* strcat8 (char8* dst, const char8* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 char16* strcat16 (char16* dst, const char16* src) {return _tstrcat (dst, src); }
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 void str8ToStr16 (char16* dst, const char8* src, int32 n = -1)
{
int32 i = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (i == (n - 1))
{
dst[i] = 0;
return;
}
#if BYTEORDER == kBigEndian
char8* pChr = (char8*)&dst[i];
pChr[0] = 0;
pChr[1] = src[i];
#else
dst[i] = static_cast<char16> (src[i]);
#endif
if (src[i] == 0)
break;
i++;
}
while (n > i)
{
dst[i] = 0;
i++;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 bool FIDStringsEqual (FIDString id1, FIDString id2)
{
return (id1 && id2) ? (strcmp8 (id1, id2) == 0) : false;
}
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 kPrintfBufferSize = 4096;
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
/* cast between wchar_t and char16 */
inline wchar_t* wscast (char16* s) { static_assert (sizeof (wchar_t) == sizeof (char16), ""); return reinterpret_cast<wchar_t*> (s); }
inline char16* wscast (wchar_t* s) { static_assert (sizeof (wchar_t) == sizeof (char16), ""); return reinterpret_cast<char16*> (s);}
inline const wchar_t* wscast (const char16* s) { static_assert (sizeof (wchar_t) == sizeof (char16), ""); return reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t*> (s); }
inline const char16* wscast (const wchar_t* s) { static_assert (sizeof (wchar_t) == sizeof (char16), ""); return reinterpret_cast<const char16*> (s); }
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+183
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic data types
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "fplatform.h"
#include <cstdint>
//#define UNICODE_OFF // disable / enable unicode
#ifdef UNICODE_OFF
#ifdef UNICODE
#undef UNICODE
#endif
#else
#define UNICODE 1
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define _UNICODE 1
#endif
namespace Steinberg
{
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
/** Integral Types
* \defgroup smtgtypedef Steinberg Data Types
* Data Types defined by Steinberg SDK
* @{
*/
typedef char int8;
typedef uint8_t uint8;
typedef unsigned char uchar;
typedef int16_t int16;
typedef uint16_t uint16;
typedef int32_t int32;
typedef uint32_t uint32;
static const int32 kMaxInt32 = INT32_MAX;
static const int32 kMinInt32 = INT32_MIN;
static const int32 kMaxLong = kMaxInt32;
static const int32 kMinLong = kMinInt32;
static const uint32 kMaxInt32u = UINT32_MAX;
typedef int64_t int64;
typedef uint64_t uint64;
static const int64 kMaxInt64 = INT64_MAX;
static const int64 kMinInt64 = INT64_MIN;
static const uint64 kMaxInt64u = UINT64_MAX;
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
// other Semantic Types
typedef int64 TSize; // byte (or other) sizes
typedef int32 tresult; // result code
//-----------------------------------------------------------------
static const float kMaxFloat = 3.40282346638528860E38;
static const double kMaxDouble = 1.7976931348623158E308;
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
typedef uint64 TPtrInt;
#else
typedef uint32 TPtrInt;
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Boolean
typedef uint8 TBool;
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Char / Strings
typedef char char8;
typedef char16_t char16;
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef char16 tchar;
#else
typedef char8 tchar;
#endif
typedef const char8* CStringA;
typedef const char16* CStringW;
typedef const tchar* CString;
inline bool strEmpty (const tchar* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
inline bool str8Empty (const char8* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
inline bool str16Empty (const char16* str) { return (!str || *str == 0); }
typedef const char8* FIDString; // identifier as string (used for attributes, messages)
const FIDString kPlatformStringWin = "WIN";
const FIDString kPlatformStringMac = "MAC";
const FIDString kPlatformStringIOS = "IOS";
const FIDString kPlatformStringLinux = "Linux";
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringWin;
#elif SMTG_OS_IOS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringIOS;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringMac;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
const FIDString kPlatformString = kPlatformStringLinux;
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Coordinates */
typedef int32 UCoord;
static const UCoord kMaxCoord = ((UCoord)0x7FFFFFFF);
static const UCoord kMinCoord = ((UCoord)-0x7FFFFFFF);
/**@}*/
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Byte-order Conversion Macros
*/
#define SWAP_32(l) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (l); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[3]; p[3] = t; t = p[1]; p[1] = p[2]; p[2] = t; }
#define SWAP_16(w) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (w); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[1]; p[1] = t; }
#define SWAP_64(i) { \
unsigned char* p = (unsigned char*)& (i); \
unsigned char t; \
t = p[0]; p[0] = p[7]; p[7] = t; t = p[1]; p[1] = p[6]; p[6] = t; \
t = p[2]; p[2] = p[5]; p[5] = t; t = p[3]; p[3] = p[4]; p[4] = t;}
namespace Steinberg
{
static inline void FSwap (int8&) {}
static inline void FSwap (uint8&) {}
static inline void FSwap (int16& i16) { SWAP_16 (i16) }
static inline void FSwap (uint16& i16) { SWAP_16 (i16) }
static inline void FSwap (int32& i32) { SWAP_32 (i32) }
static inline void FSwap (uint32& i32) { SWAP_32 (i32) }
static inline void FSwap (int64& i64) { SWAP_64 (i64) }
static inline void FSwap (uint64& i64) { SWAP_64 (i64) }
}
// always inline macros (only when RELEASE is 1)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(RELEASE) && RELEASE
#if SMTG_OS_MACOS || SMTG_OS_LINUX || defined(__MINGW32__)
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE __inline__ __attribute__((__always_inline__))
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
#elif SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE __forceinline
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE __declspec(noinline)
#endif
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE
#define SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE inline
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_NEVER_INLINE
#define SMTG_NEVER_INLINE
#endif
#ifndef SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
// Enable this for old compilers
// #define nullptr NULL
#endif
+494
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/funknown.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "funknown.h"
#include "fstrdefs.h"
#include <cstdio>
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#include <objbase.h>
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
#if !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11) && defined(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_11)
#else
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H 0
#endif
#endif // !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if !SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4) && !__LP64__
// on 32 bit Mac OS X we can safely ignore the format warnings as sizeof(int) == sizeof(long)
#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat"
#endif
#endif // !SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#endif // SMTG_OS_MACOS
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
#if !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#if defined (__ANDROID__) || defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION)
#define SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H 1
#else
#include <ext/atomicity.h>
#endif
#endif // !defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H)
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if defined (SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H) && SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
#include <stdatomic.h>
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#define GuidStruct GUID
#else
struct GuidStruct
{
uint32 Data1;
uint16 Data2;
uint16 Data3;
uint8 Data4[8];
};
#endif
#endif
static void toString8 (char8* string, const char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2);
static void fromString8 (const char8* string, char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2);
static uint32 makeLong (uint8 b1, uint8 b2, uint8 b3, uint8 b4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 PLUGIN_API atomicAdd (int32& var, int32 d)
{
#if SMTG_USE_STDATOMIC_H
return atomic_fetch_add (reinterpret_cast<atomic_int_least32_t*> (&var), d) + d;
#else
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#ifdef __MINGW32__
return InterlockedExchangeAdd (reinterpret_cast<long volatile*>(&var), d) + d;
#else
return InterlockedExchangeAdd ((LONG*)&var, d) + d;
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
return OSAtomicAdd32Barrier (d, (int32_t*)&var);
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
return atomic_fetch_add ((atomic_int*)&var, d) + d;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
__gnu_cxx::__atomic_add (&var, d);
return var;
#else
#warning implement me!
var += d;
return var;
#endif
#endif
}
} // FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUID implementation
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID ()
{
memset (data, 0, sizeof (TUID));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4)
{
from4Int (l1, l2, l3, l4);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID::FUID (const FUID& f)
{
memcpy (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
FUID::FUID (FUID&& other)
{
memcpy (data, other.data, sizeof (TUID));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID& FUID::operator= (FUID&& other)
{
memcpy (data, other.data, sizeof (TUID));
return *this;
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::generate ()
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
GUID guid;
HRESULT hr = CoCreateGuid (&guid);
switch (hr)
{
case RPC_S_OK: memcpy (data, (char*)&guid, sizeof (TUID)); return true;
case (HRESULT)RPC_S_UUID_LOCAL_ONLY:
default: return false;
}
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFUUIDRef uuid = CFUUIDCreate (kCFAllocatorDefault);
if (uuid)
{
CFUUIDBytes bytes = CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes (uuid);
memcpy (data, (char*)&bytes, sizeof (TUID));
CFRelease (uuid);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
srand ((size_t)this);
for (int32 i = 0; i < 16; i++)
data[i] = static_cast<unsigned char>(rand ());
return true;
#else
#warning implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::isValid () const
{
TUID nulluid = {0};
return memcmp (data, nulluid, sizeof (TUID)) != 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID& FUID::operator= (const FUID& f)
{
memcpy (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID));
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::from4Int (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4)
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
data [0] = (char)((l1 & 0x000000FF) );
data [1] = (char)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [2] = (char)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [3] = (char)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [4] = (char)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [5] = (char)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [6] = (char)((l2 & 0x000000FF) );
data [7] = (char)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [8] = (char)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [9] = (char)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [10] = (char)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [11] = (char)((l3 & 0x000000FF) );
data [12] = (char)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [13] = (char)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [14] = (char)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [15] = (char)((l4 & 0x000000FF) );
#else
data [0] = (char)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [1] = (char)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [2] = (char)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [3] = (char)((l1 & 0x000000FF) );
data [4] = (char)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [5] = (char)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [6] = (char)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [7] = (char)((l2 & 0x000000FF) );
data [8] = (char)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [9] = (char)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [10] = (char)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [11] = (char)((l3 & 0x000000FF) );
data [12] = (char)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
data [13] = (char)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
data [14] = (char)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
data [15] = (char)((l4 & 0x000000FF) );
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::to4Int (uint32& d1, uint32& d2, uint32& d3, uint32& d4) const
{
d1 = getLong1 ();
d2 = getLong2 ();
d3 = getLong3 ();
d4 = getLong4 ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong1 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[3], data[2], data[1], data[0]);
#else
return makeLong (data[0], data[1], data[2], data[3]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong2 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[5], data[4], data[7], data[6]);
#else
return makeLong (data[4], data[5], data[6], data[7]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong3 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[8], data[9], data[10], data[11]);
#else
return makeLong (data[8], data[9], data[10], data[11]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint32 FUID::getLong4 () const
{
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
return makeLong (data[12], data[13], data[14], data[15]);
#else
return makeLong (data[12], data[13], data[14], data[15]);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::toString (char8* string) const
{
if (!string)
return;
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
auto* g = (GuidStruct*)data;
char8 s[17];
Steinberg::toString8 (s, data, 8, 16);
sprintf (string, "%08X%04X%04X%s", g->Data1, g->Data2, g->Data3, s);
#else
Steinberg::toString8 (string, data, 0, 16);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::fromString (const char8* string)
{
if (!string || !*string)
return false;
if (strlen (string) != 32)
return false;
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
GuidStruct g;
char s[33];
strcpy (s, string);
s[8] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%x", &g.Data1);
strcpy (s, string + 8);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data2);
strcpy (s, string + 12);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data3);
memcpy (data, &g, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 16, data, 8, 16);
#else
Steinberg::fromString8 (string, data, 0, 16);
#endif
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool FUID::fromRegistryString (const char8* string)
{
if (!string || !*string)
return false;
if (strlen (string) != 38)
return false;
// e.g. {c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
GuidStruct g;
char8 s[10];
strncpy (s, string + 1, 8);
s[8] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%x", &g.Data1);
strncpy (s, string + 10, 4);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data2);
strncpy (s, string + 15, 4);
s[4] = 0;
sscanf (s, "%hx", &g.Data3);
memcpy (data, &g, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 20, data, 8, 10);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 25, data, 10, 16);
#else
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 1, data, 0, 4);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 10, data, 4, 6);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 15, data, 6, 8);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 20, data, 8, 10);
Steinberg::fromString8 (string + 25, data, 10, 16);
#endif
return true;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::toRegistryString (char8* string) const
{
// e.g. {c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
auto* g = (GuidStruct*)data;
char8 s1[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s1, data, 8, 10);
char8 s2[13];
Steinberg::toString8 (s2, data, 10, 16);
sprintf (string, "{%08X-%04X-%04X-%s-%s}", g->Data1, g->Data2, g->Data3, s1, s2);
#else
char8 s1[9];
Steinberg::toString8 (s1, data, 0, 4);
char8 s2[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s2, data, 4, 6);
char8 s3[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s3, data, 6, 8);
char8 s4[5];
Steinberg::toString8 (s4, data, 8, 10);
char8 s5[13];
Steinberg::toString8 (s5, data, 10, 16);
snprintf (string, 40, "{%s-%s-%s-%s-%s}", s1, s2, s3, s4, s5);
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
void FUID::print (int32 style, char8* string, size_t stringBufferSize) const
{
if (!string || stringBufferSize == 0) // no string: debug output
{
char8 str[128];
print (style, str, 128);
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
OutputDebugStringA (str);
OutputDebugStringA ("\n");
#else
fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", str);
#endif
return;
}
uint32 l1, l2, l3, l4;
to4Int (l1, l2, l3, l4);
switch (style)
{
case kINLINE_UID:
// length is 60 (with null-terminate)
snprintf (string, stringBufferSize, "INLINE_UID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1,
l2, l3, l4);
break;
case kDECLARE_UID:
// length is 61 (with null-terminate)
snprintf (string, stringBufferSize, "DECLARE_UID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1,
l2, l3, l4);
break;
case kFUID:
// length is 54 (with null-terminate)
snprintf (string, stringBufferSize, "FUID (0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1, l2, l3,
l4);
break;
case kCLASS_UID:
default:
// length is 78 (with null-terminate)
snprintf (string, stringBufferSize,
"DECLARE_CLASS_IID (Interface, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X, 0x%08X)", l1, l2, l3,
l4);
break;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helpers
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static uint32 makeLong (uint8 b1, uint8 b2, uint8 b3, uint8 b4)
{
return (uint32 (b1) << 24) | (uint32 (b2) << 16) | (uint32 (b3) << 8) | uint32 (b4);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void toString8 (char8* string, const char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2)
{
*string = 0;
for (int32 i = i1; i < i2; i++)
{
char8 s[3];
snprintf (s, 3, "%02X", (uint8)data[i]);
strcat (string, s);
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static void fromString8 (const char8* string, char* data, int32 i1, int32 i2)
{
for (int32 i = i1; i < i2; i++)
{
char8 s[3];
s[0] = *string++;
s[1] = *string++;
s[2] = 0;
int32 d = 0;
sscanf (s, "%2x", &d);
data[i] = (char)d;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+564
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,564 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/smartpointer.h"
#include <cstring>
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
#include <type_traits>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \defgroup pluginBase Basic Interfaces
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Unique Identifier macros
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#define INLINE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x000000FF) ), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x000000FF) ), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
#else
#define INLINE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l1) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l2) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l3) & 0x000000FF) ), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (::Steinberg::int8)(((::Steinberg::uint32)(l4) & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DECLARE_UID(name, l1, l2, l3, l4) SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 ::Steinberg::TUID name = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define EXTERN_UID(name) extern const ::Steinberg::TUID name;
#ifdef INIT_CLASS_IID
#define DECLARE_CLASS_IID(ClassName, l1, l2, l3, l4) \
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 const ::Steinberg::TUID ClassName##_iid = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4); \
const ::Steinberg::FUID ClassName::iid (ClassName##_iid);
#else
#define DECLARE_CLASS_IID(ClassName, l1, l2, l3, l4) \
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 const ::Steinberg::TUID ClassName##_iid = INLINE_UID (l1, l2, l3, l4);
#endif
#define DEF_CLASS_IID(ClassName) const ::Steinberg::FUID ClassName::iid (ClassName##_iid);
#define INLINE_UID_OF(ClassName) ClassName##_iid
#define INLINE_UID_FROM_FUID(x) \
INLINE_UID (x.getLong1 (), x.getLong2 (), x.getLong3 (), x.getLong4 ())
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknown implementation macros
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DECLARE_FUNKNOWN_METHODS \
public: \
virtual ::Steinberg::tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const ::Steinberg::TUID _iid, void** obj) SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API release () SMTG_OVERRIDE; \
protected : \
::Steinberg::int32 __funknownRefCount; \
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define DELEGATE_REFCOUNT(ClassName) \
public: \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return ClassName::addRef (); } \
virtual ::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API release () SMTG_OVERRIDE { return ClassName::release (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT(ClassName) \
::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API ClassName::addRef () \
{ \
return ::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (__funknownRefCount, 1); \
} \
::Steinberg::uint32 PLUGIN_API ClassName::release () \
{ \
if (::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::atomicAdd (__funknownRefCount, -1) == 0) \
{ \
delete this; \
return 0; \
} \
return __funknownRefCount; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define FUNKNOWN_CTOR { __funknownRefCount = 1; }
#if defined(SMTG_FUNKNOWN_DTOR_ASSERT) && SMTG_FUNKNOWN_DTOR_ASSERT
#include <cassert>
#define FUNKNOWN_DTOR { assert (__funknownRefCount == 0); }
#else
#define FUNKNOWN_DTOR
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define QUERY_INTERFACE(iid, obj, InterfaceIID, InterfaceName) \
if (::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (iid, InterfaceIID)) \
{ \
addRef (); \
*obj = static_cast< InterfaceName* >(this); \
return ::Steinberg::kResultOk; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_QUERYINTERFACE(ClassName, InterfaceName, ClassIID) \
::Steinberg::tresult PLUGIN_API ClassName::queryInterface (const ::Steinberg::TUID _iid, void** obj)\
{ \
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, ::Steinberg::FUnknown::iid, InterfaceName) \
QUERY_INTERFACE (_iid, obj, ClassIID, InterfaceName) \
*obj = nullptr; \
return ::Steinberg::kNoInterface; \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define IMPLEMENT_FUNKNOWN_METHODS(ClassName,InterfaceName,ClassIID) \
IMPLEMENT_REFCOUNT (ClassName) \
IMPLEMENT_QUERYINTERFACE (ClassName, InterfaceName, ClassIID)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Result Codes
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
enum
{
kNoInterface = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004002L), // E_NOINTERFACE
kResultOk = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000000L), // S_OK
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000001L), // S_FALSE
kInvalidArgument = static_cast<tresult>(0x80070057L), // E_INVALIDARG
kNotImplemented = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004001L), // E_NOTIMPL
kInternalError = static_cast<tresult>(0x80004005L), // E_FAIL
kNotInitialized = static_cast<tresult>(0x8000FFFFL), // E_UNEXPECTED
kOutOfMemory = static_cast<tresult>(0x8007000EL) // E_OUTOFMEMORY
};
#else
enum
{
kNoInterface = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000004L), // E_NOINTERFACE
kResultOk = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000000L), // S_OK
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse = static_cast<tresult>(0x00000001L), // S_FALSE
kInvalidArgument = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000003L), // E_INVALIDARG
kNotImplemented = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000001L), // E_NOTIMPL
kInternalError = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000008L), // E_FAIL
kNotInitialized = static_cast<tresult>(0x8000FFFFL), // E_UNEXPECTED
kOutOfMemory = static_cast<tresult>(0x80000002L) // E_OUTOFMEMORY
};
#endif
#else
enum
{
kNoInterface = -1,
kResultOk,
kResultTrue = kResultOk,
kResultFalse,
kInvalidArgument,
kNotImplemented,
kInternalError,
kNotInitialized,
kOutOfMemory
};
#endif
/** \ingroup smtgtypedef */
/**@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef int64 LARGE_INT; // obsolete
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUID class declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef char TUID[16]; ///< plain UID type
/**@}*/
#if SMTG_CPP14
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 void copyTUID (char* dst, const char* src)
{
for (auto i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
dst[i] = src[i];
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* FUnknown private */
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
SMTG_ALWAYS_INLINE bool iidEqual (const void* iid1, const void* iid2)
{
const uint64* p1 = reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (iid1);
const uint64* p2 = reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (iid2);
return p1[0] == p2[0] && p1[1] == p2[1];
}
int32 PLUGIN_API atomicAdd (int32& value, int32 amount);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Handling 16 Byte Globally Unique Identifiers.
\ingroup pluginBase
Each interface declares its identifier as static member inside the interface
namespace (e.g. FUnknown::iid).
*/
class FUID
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
FUID ();
FUID (uint32 l1, uint32 l2, uint32 l3, uint32 l4);
FUID (const FUID&);
virtual ~FUID () {}
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
FUID (FUID&& other);
FUID& operator= (FUID&& other);
#endif
/** Generates a new Unique Identifier (UID).
Will return true for success. If the return value is false, either no
UID is generated or the UID is not guaranteed to be unique worldwide. */
bool generate ();
/** Checks if the UID data is valid.
The default constructor initializes the memory with zeros. */
bool isValid () const;
FUID& operator = (const FUID& f);
bool operator == (const FUID& f) const { return ::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (data, f.data); }
bool operator < (const FUID& f) const { return memcmp (data, f.data, sizeof (TUID)) < 0; }
bool operator != (const FUID& f) const { return !::Steinberg::FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual (data, f.data); }
uint32 getLong1 () const;
uint32 getLong2 () const;
uint32 getLong3 () const;
uint32 getLong4 () const;
void from4Int (uint32 d1, uint32 d2, uint32 d3, uint32 d4);
void to4Int (uint32& d1, uint32& d2, uint32& d3, uint32& d4) const;
typedef char8 String[33];
/** Converts UID to a string.
The string will be 32 characters long, representing the hexadecimal values
of each data byte (e.g. "9127BE30160E4BB69966670AA6087880").
Typical use-case is:
\code{.cpp}
char8[33] strUID = {0};
FUID uid;
if (uid.generate ())
uid.toString (strUID);
\endcode
*/
void toString (char8* string) const;
/** Sets the UID data from a string.
The string has to be 32 characters long, where each character-pair is
the ASCII-encoded hexadecimal value of the corresponding data byte. */
bool fromString (const char8* string);
/** Converts UID to a string in Microsoft(R) OLE format.
(e.g. "{c200e360-38c5-11ce-ae62-08002b2b79ef}") */
void toRegistryString (char8* string) const;
/** Sets the UID data from a string in Microsoft(R) OLE format. */
bool fromRegistryString (const char8* string);
enum UIDPrintStyle
{
kINLINE_UID, ///< "INLINE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kDECLARE_UID, ///< "DECLARE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kFUID, ///< "FUID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
kCLASS_UID ///< "DECLARE_CLASS_IID (Interface, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000)"
};
/** Prints the UID to a string (or debug output if string is NULL).
\param style can be chosen from the FUID::UIDPrintStyle enumeration.
\param string is the output string if not NULL.
\param stringBufferSize is the size of the output string */
void print (int32 style, char8* string = nullptr, size_t stringBufferSize = 0) const;
template <size_t N>
inline explicit FUID (const char (&uid)[N])
{
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
static_assert (N == sizeof (TUID), "only TUID allowed");
#endif
memcpy (data, uid, sizeof (TUID));
}
inline void toTUID (TUID result) const { memcpy (result, data, sizeof (TUID)); }
inline operator const TUID& () const { return data; }
inline const TUID& toTUID () const { return data; }
static FUID fromTUID (const TUID uid)
{
FUID res;
if (uid)
memcpy (res.data, uid, sizeof (TUID));
return res;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
TUID data;
};
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
template <typename T>
inline bool operator== (const FUID& f1, T f2)
{
static_assert (
std::is_same<typename std::remove_cv<T>::type, FUID>::value,
"Do not compare a FUID with a TUID directly. Either convert the TUID to a FUID and compare them or use FUnknownPrivate::iidEqual");
return f1.operator== (f2);
}
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknown
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The basic interface of all interfaces.
\ingroup pluginBase
- The FUnknown::queryInterface method is used to retrieve pointers to other
interfaces of the object.
- FUnknown::addRef and FUnknown::release manage the lifetime of the object.
If no more references exist, the object is destroyed in memory.
Interfaces are identified by 16 byte Globally Unique Identifiers.
The SDK provides a class called FUID for this purpose.
\ref howtoClass
*/
class FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Query for a pointer to the specified interface.
Returns kResultOk on success or kNoInterface if the object does not implement the interface.
The object has to call addRef when returning an interface.
\param _iid : (in) 16 Byte interface identifier (-> FUID)
\param obj : (out) On return, *obj points to the requested interface */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const TUID _iid, void** obj) = 0;
/** Adds a reference and returns the new reference count.
\par Remarks:
The initial reference count after creating an object is 1. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () = 0;
/** Releases a reference and returns the new reference count.
If the reference count reaches zero, the object will be destroyed in memory. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API release () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (FUnknown, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0xC0000000, 0x00000046)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FUnknownPtr
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** FUnknownPtr - automatic interface conversion and smart pointer in one.
This template class can be used for interface conversion like this:
\code{.cpp}
IPtr<IPath> path = owned (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
FUnknownPtr<IPath2> path2 (path); // does a query interface for IPath2
if (path2)
...
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
class FUnknownPtr : public IPtr<I>
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FUnknownPtr (FUnknown* unknown); // query interface
inline FUnknownPtr (const FUnknownPtr& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline FUnknownPtr () {}
inline FUnknownPtr& operator= (const FUnknownPtr& p)
{
IPtr<I>::operator= (p);
return *this;
}
inline I* operator= (FUnknown* unknown);
inline I* getInterface () { return this->ptr; }
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
inline FUnknownPtr (FUnknownPtr&& p) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : IPtr<I> (std::move (p)) {}
inline FUnknownPtr& operator= (FUnknownPtr&& p) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
IPtr<I>::operator= (std::move (p));
return *this;
}
#endif
};
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace FUnknownPrivate {
template <typename T>
struct Void : std::false_type
{
using Type = void;
};
template <typename T>
using VoidT = typename Void<T>::Type;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* This type trait detects if a class has an @c iid member variable. It is used to detect if
* the FUID and DECLARE_CLASS_IID method or the U::UID method is used.
*/
template <typename T, typename U = void>
struct HasIIDType : std::false_type
{
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <typename T>
struct HasIIDType<T, FUnknownPrivate::VoidT<typename T::IID>> : std::true_type
{
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // FUnknownPrivate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @return the TUID for an interface which uses the U::UID method. */
template <typename T,
typename std::enable_if<FUnknownPrivate::HasIIDType<T>::value>::type* = nullptr>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::IID::toTUID ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** @return the TUID for an interface which uses the FUID and DECLARE_CLASS_IID method. */
template <typename T,
typename std::enable_if<!FUnknownPrivate::HasIIDType<T>::value>::type* = nullptr>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::iid.toTUID ();
}
#else // SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
template<typename T>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return T::iid.toTUID ();
}
#endif // SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline FUnknownPtr<I>::FUnknownPtr (FUnknown* unknown)
{
if (unknown && unknown->queryInterface (getTUID<I> (), (void**)&this->ptr) != kResultOk)
this->ptr = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline I* FUnknownPtr<I>::operator= (FUnknown* unknown)
{
I* newPtr = 0;
if (unknown && unknown->queryInterface (getTUID<I> (), (void**)&newPtr) == kResultOk)
{
OPtr<I> rel (newPtr);
return IPtr<I>::operator= (newPtr);
}
return IPtr<I>::operator= (0);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FReleaser (obsolete)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Release an interface using automatic object (obsolete).
This class is obsolete and is only kept for compatibility.
The replacement for FReleaser is OPtr.
Usage example with FReleaser:
\code{.cpp}
void someFunction ()
{
IPath* path = pathCreateMethod ();
FReleaser releaser (path);
.... do something with path...
.... path not used anymore, releaser will destroy it when leaving function scope
}
\endcode
Usage example with OPtr:
\code{.cpp}
void someFunction ()
{
OPtr<IPath> path = pathCreateMethod ();
.... do something with path...
.... path not used anymore, OPtr will destroy it when leaving function scope
}
\endcode
*/
struct FReleaser
{
FReleaser (FUnknown* u) : u (u) {}
~FReleaser ()
{
if (u)
u->release ();
}
FUnknown* u;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+464
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags : clang-format SMTGSequencer
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/funknownimpl.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2021
// Description : Steinberg Module Architecture Interface Implementation Helper
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include <atomic>
#include <type_traits>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if !(SMTG_CPP11)
#error "C++11 is required for this header"
#endif
// clang-format off
/**
This header provides classes for working with FUnknown.
An interface which shall support Steinbergs Module Architecture should inherit from U::Unknown and provide a typedef
@c IID of type U::UID.
On OS X you can generate an U::UID and copy it to the clipboard with the following shell command:
@code
uuidgen | { read id; echo -n "using IID = U::UID<0x${id:0:8}, 0x${id:9:4}${id:14:4}, 0x${id:19:4}${id:24:4}, 0x${id:28:8}>;" ; } | pbcopy
@endcode
Example:
@code{.cpp}
struct IFoo : public U::Unknown
{
// Use a generated random uid here.
using IID = U::UID<0x01234567, 0x89012345, 0x67890123, 0x45678901>;
virtual void bar () = 0;
};
@endcode
A class implementing the interface @c IFoo uses the U::Implements template to specify the
interfaces it implements. All interfaces which the class should derive from need to be listed in the
U::Directly template.
Example:
@code{.cpp}
struct FooImpl : public U::Implements<U::Directly<IFoo>>
{
void bar () override {}
};
@endcode
To check if a class can provide a specific interface use the U::cast function.
Example:
@code{.cpp}
void test (U::Unknown* obj)
{
if (auto foo = U::cast<IFoo> (obj))
{
// obj provided IFoo
}
}
@endcode
The U::Implements class supports a second template parameter U::Indirectly for specifying
a list of interfaces which should be available via @c queryInterface but not inherited from.
This is useful if an interface extends another interface.
Example:
@code{.cpp}
struct IBar : public IFoo
{
using IID = U::UID<0x11223344, 0x55667788, 0x99001122, 0x33445566>;
virtual void baz () = 0;
};
struct BarImpl : public U::Implements<U::Directly<IBar>, U::Indirectly<IFoo>>
{
void bar () override {}
void baz () override {}
};
@endcode
In some cases a class shall be extended and an additional interface implemented.
This is possible with the U::Extends template which is a generalization of the U::Implements
template and allows specifying a base class from which should be inherited.
Example:
@code{.cpp}
struct ITest : public U::Unknown
{
using IID = U::UID<0x99887766, 0x55443322, 0x11009988, 0x77665544>;
virtual bool equal (int a, int b) const = 0;
};
struct TestImpl : public U::Extends<FooImpl, U::Directly<ITest>>
{
bool equal (int a, int b) const override { return a == b; }
};
@endcode
To pass arbitrary arguments to the specified base class one can use the inherited @c Base
typedef. All arguments passed to @c Base are automatically perfectly forwarded to the base class.
In the following example the value 42 is passed to the @c AlternativeFooImpl base class:
@code{.cpp}
struct AlternativeFooImpl : public U::Implements<U::Directly<IFoo>>
{
AlternativeFooImpl (int dummy = 0) : dummy {dummy} {}
void bar () override {}
int dummy;
};
struct AlternativeTestImpl : public U::Extends<AlternativeFooImpl, U::Directly<ITest>>
{
AlternativeTestImpl () : Base {42} {}
bool equal (int a, int b) const override { return a == b; }
};
@endcode
*/
// clang-format on
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace FUnknownImpl {
/** Typedef to keep everything in this namespace. */
using Unknown = FUnknown;
/** A base class which hides the FUnknown::iid static var */
struct HideIIDBase : FUnknown
{
using iid = void;
};
/** Common destroyer policy for ski object instances.*/
struct Destroyer
{
template <typename UnknownT>
static void destroy (UnknownT* ptr)
{
if (!!ptr)
ptr->release ();
}
};
template <typename Base, typename D, typename I>
class ImplementsImpl;
/**
* This class provides a compile-time uid and enables interfaces to specify a UID as a simple
* typedef. This way the FUID, DECLARE_CLASS_IID and DEF_CLASS_IID code can be omitted.
*/
template <uint32 t1, uint32 t2, uint32 t3, uint32 t4>
struct UID
{
enum : int8
{
l1_1 = static_cast<int8> ((t1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24),
l1_2 = static_cast<int8> ((t1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16),
l1_3 = static_cast<int8> ((t1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8),
l1_4 = static_cast<int8> ((t1 & 0x000000FF)),
l2_1 = static_cast<int8> ((t2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24),
l2_2 = static_cast<int8> ((t2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16),
l2_3 = static_cast<int8> ((t2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8),
l2_4 = static_cast<int8> ((t2 & 0x000000FF)),
l3_1 = static_cast<int8> ((t3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24),
l3_2 = static_cast<int8> ((t3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16),
l3_3 = static_cast<int8> ((t3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8),
l3_4 = static_cast<int8> ((t3 & 0x000000FF)),
l4_1 = static_cast<int8> ((t4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24),
l4_2 = static_cast<int8> ((t4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16),
l4_3 = static_cast<int8> ((t4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8),
l4_4 = static_cast<int8> ((t4 & 0x000000FF))
};
UID () = delete;
static constexpr TUID data = {
#if COM_COMPATIBLE
l1_4, l1_3, l1_2, l1_1, l2_2, l2_1, l2_4, l2_3,
#else
l1_1, l1_2, l1_3, l1_4, l2_1, l2_2, l2_3, l2_4,
#endif
l3_1, l3_2, l3_3, l3_4, l4_1, l4_2, l4_3, l4_4,
};
static const TUID& toTUID () { return data; }
};
/** @return the TUID for an interface. */
template <typename T>
const TUID& getTUID ()
{
return ::Steinberg::getTUID<T> ();
}
/**
* Checks if the given Unknown can provide the specified interface and returns it in an IPtr.
*
* @return an IPtr pointing to an instance of the requested interface or nullptr in case the
* object does not provide the interface.
*/
template <typename I>
IPtr<I> cast (Unknown* u)
{
I* out = nullptr;
return u && u->queryInterface (getTUID<I> (), reinterpret_cast<void**> (&out)) == kResultOk ?
owned (out) :
nullptr;
}
/** Casts to Unknown* and then to the specified interface. */
template <typename I, typename S, typename T, typename U>
IPtr<I> cast (ImplementsImpl<S, T, U>* u)
{
return cast<I> (u->unknownCast ());
}
/** Casts to Unknown* and then to the specified interface. */
template <typename I, typename T>
IPtr<I> cast (const IPtr<T>& u)
{
return cast<I> (u.get ());
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Detail {
/**
* This struct implements reference counting for the @c U::Implements template.
* It also provides a @c queryInterface method stub to support @c queryInterface
* call made in the @c U::Implements template.
*/
struct RefCounted
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
RefCounted () = default;
RefCounted (const RefCounted&) {}
RefCounted (RefCounted&& other) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : refCount {other.refCount.load ()} {}
virtual ~RefCounted () = default;
RefCounted& operator= (const RefCounted&) { return *this; }
RefCounted& operator= (RefCounted&& other) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
refCount = other.refCount.load ();
return *this;
}
uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () { return ++refCount; }
uint32 PLUGIN_API release ()
{
auto rc = --refCount;
if (rc == 0)
{
destroyInstance ();
refCount = -1000;
delete this;
return uint32 ();
}
return rc;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
private:
virtual void destroyInstance () {}
std::atomic<int32> refCount {1};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct NonDestroyable
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
NonDestroyable () = default;
virtual ~NonDestroyable () = default;
uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () { return 1000; }
uint32 PLUGIN_API release () { return 1000; }
private:
virtual void destroyInstance () {}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <typename T>
struct QueryInterfaceEnd : T
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const TUID /*iid*/, void** obj)
{
*obj = nullptr;
return kNoInterface;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Detail
/**
* This struct is used to group a list of interfaces from which should be inherited and which
* should be available via the @c queryInterface method.
*/
template <typename... T>
struct Directly
{
};
/**
* This struct is used to group a list of interfaces from which should not be inherited but which
* should be available via the @c queryInterface method.
*/
template <typename... T>
struct Indirectly
{
};
template <typename Base, typename D, typename I>
class ImplementsImpl
{
static_assert (sizeof (Base) == -1, "use U::Directly and U::Indirectly to specify interfaces");
};
template <typename Base, typename... DirectInterfaces, typename... IndirectInterfaces>
class ImplementsImpl<Base, Indirectly<IndirectInterfaces...>, Directly<DirectInterfaces...>>
{
static_assert (sizeof (Base) == -1, "U::Indirectly only allowed after U::Directly");
};
/** This class implements the required virtual methods for the U::Unknown class. */
template <typename BaseClass, typename I, typename... DirectIFs, typename... IndirectIFs>
class ImplementsImpl<BaseClass, Directly<I, DirectIFs...>, Indirectly<IndirectIFs...>>
: public BaseClass, public I, public DirectIFs...
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**
* This is a convenience typedef for the deriving class to pass arguments to the
* constructor, which are in turn passed to the base class of this class.
*/
using Base = ImplementsImpl<BaseClass, Directly<I, DirectIFs...>, Indirectly<IndirectIFs...>>;
template <typename... Args>
ImplementsImpl (Args&&... args) : BaseClass {std::forward<Args> (args)...}
{
}
tresult PLUGIN_API queryInterface (const TUID tuid, void** obj) override
{
if (!obj)
return kInvalidArgument;
if (queryInterfaceImpl<I, DirectIFs...> (tuid, *obj) ||
queryInterfaceImpl<IndirectIFs...> (tuid, *obj))
{
static_cast<Unknown*> (*obj)->addRef ();
return kResultOk;
}
return BaseClass::queryInterface (tuid, obj);
}
uint32 PLUGIN_API addRef () override { return BaseClass::addRef (); }
uint32 PLUGIN_API release () override { return BaseClass::release (); }
Unknown* unknownCast () { return static_cast<Unknown*> (static_cast<I*> (this)); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
private:
template <typename Interface>
inline constexpr bool match (const TUID tuid) const noexcept
{
return reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (tuid)[0] ==
reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (getTUID<Interface> ())[0] &&
reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (tuid)[1] ==
reinterpret_cast<const uint64*> (getTUID<Interface> ())[1];
}
template <int = 0>
inline constexpr bool queryInterfaceImpl (const TUID, void*&) const noexcept
{
return false;
}
template <typename Interface, typename... RemainingInterfaces>
inline bool queryInterfaceImpl (const TUID tuid, void*& obj) noexcept
{
if (match<Interface> (tuid) || match<Unknown> (tuid))
{
obj = static_cast<Interface*> (this);
return true;
}
obj = getInterface<RemainingInterfaces...> (tuid);
return obj != nullptr;
}
template <int = 0>
inline constexpr void* getInterface (const TUID) const noexcept
{
return nullptr;
}
template <typename Interface, typename... RemainingInterfaces>
inline void* getInterface (const TUID tuid) noexcept
{
return match<Interface> (tuid) ? static_cast<Interface*> (this) :
getInterface<RemainingInterfaces...> (tuid);
}
};
/** This typedef enables using a custom base class with the interface implementation. */
template <typename BaseClass, typename D, typename I = Indirectly<>>
using Extends = ImplementsImpl<BaseClass, D, I>;
/** This typedef provides the interface implementation. */
template <typename D, typename I = Indirectly<>>
using Implements = ImplementsImpl<Detail::QueryInterfaceEnd<Detail::RefCounted>, D, I>;
/** This typedef provides the interface implementation for objects which should not be destroyed via
* FUnknown::release (like singletons). */
template <typename D, typename I = Indirectly<>>
using ImplementsNonDestroyable =
ImplementsImpl<Detail::QueryInterfaceEnd<Detail::NonDestroyable>, D, I>;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // FUnknownImpl
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Shortcut namespace for implementing FUnknown based objects. */
namespace U {
using Unknown = FUnknownImpl::HideIIDBase;
using FUnknownImpl::UID;
using FUnknownImpl::Extends;
using FUnknownImpl::Implements;
using FUnknownImpl::ImplementsNonDestroyable;
using FUnknownImpl::Directly;
using FUnknownImpl::Indirectly;
using FUnknownImpl::cast;
using FUnknownImpl::getTUID;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace U
} // namespace Steinberg
+107
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/futils.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic utilities
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// min/max/etc. template functions
template <class T>
inline const T& Min (const T& a, const T& b)
{
return b < a ? b : a;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline const T& Max (const T& a, const T& b)
{
return a < b ? b : a;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T Abs (const T& value)
{
return (value >= (T)0) ? value : -value;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T Sign (const T& value)
{
return (value == (T)0) ? 0 : ((value >= (T)0) ? 1 : -1);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T Bound (T minval, T maxval, T x)
{
if (x < minval)
return minval;
if (x > maxval)
return maxval;
return x;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
void Swap (T& t1, T& t2)
{
T tmp = t1;
t1 = t2;
t2 = tmp;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
bool IsApproximateEqual (T t1, T t2, T epsilon)
{
if (t1 == t2)
return true;
T diff = t1 - t2;
if (diff < 0.0)
diff = -diff;
if (diff < epsilon)
return true;
return false;
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline T ToNormalized (const T value, const int32 numSteps)
{
return value / T (numSteps);
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class T>
inline int32 FromNormalized (const T& norm, const int32 numSteps)
{
return Min<int32> (numSteps, int32 (norm * (numSteps + 1)));
}
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Four character constant
#ifndef CCONST
#define CCONST(a, b, c, d) \
((((int32) (a)) << 24) | (((int32) (b)) << 16) | (((int32) (c)) << 8) | (((int32) (d)) << 0))
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+298
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/fvariant.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include <cstdlib>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class FUnknown;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// FVariant struct declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** A Value of variable type.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
class FVariant
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
public:
enum
{
kEmpty = 0,
kInteger = 1 << 0,
kFloat = 1 << 1,
kString8 = 1 << 2,
kObject = 1 << 3,
kOwner = 1 << 4,
kString16 = 1 << 5
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ctors
inline FVariant () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (FVariant)); }
inline FVariant (const FVariant& variant);
inline FVariant (bool b) : type (kInteger), intValue (b) {}
inline FVariant (uint32 v) : type (kInteger), intValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (int64 v) : type (kInteger), intValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (double v) : type (kFloat), floatValue (v) {}
inline FVariant (const char8* str) : type (kString8), string8 (str) {}
inline FVariant (const char16* str) : type (kString16), string16 (str) {}
inline FVariant (FUnknown* obj, bool owner = false) : type (kObject), object (obj)
{
setOwner (owner);
}
inline ~FVariant () { empty (); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant& operator= (const FVariant& variant);
inline void set (bool b)
{
setInt (b);
}
inline void set (uint32 v)
{
setInt (v);
}
inline void set (int64 v)
{
setInt (v);
}
inline void set (double v)
{
setFloat (v);
}
inline void set (const char8* c)
{
setString8 (c);
}
inline void set (const char16* c)
{
setString16 (c);
}
inline void setInt (int64 v)
{
empty ();
type = kInteger;
intValue = v;
}
inline void setFloat (double v)
{
empty ();
type = kFloat;
floatValue = v;
}
inline void setString8 (const char8* v)
{
empty ();
type = kString8;
string8 = v;
}
inline void setString16 (const char16* v)
{
empty ();
type = kString16;
string16 = v;
}
inline void setObject (FUnknown* obj)
{
empty ();
type = kObject;
object = obj;
}
template <typename T>
inline T get () const;
inline int64 getInt () const { return (type & kInteger) ? intValue : 0; }
inline double getFloat () const { return (type & kFloat) ? floatValue : 0.; }
inline double getNumber () const
{
return (type & kInteger) ? static_cast<double> (intValue) : (type & kFloat) ? floatValue :
0.;
}
inline const char8* getString8 () const { return (type & kString8) ? string8 : nullptr; }
inline const char16* getString16 () const { return (type & kString16) ? string16 : nullptr; }
inline FUnknown* getObject () const { return (type & kObject) ? object : nullptr; }
inline uint16 getType () const { return static_cast<uint16> (type & ~(kOwner)); }
inline bool isEmpty () const { return getType () == kEmpty; }
inline bool isOwner () const { return (type & kOwner) != 0; }
inline bool isString () const { return (type & (kString8 | kString16)) != 0; }
inline void setOwner (bool state)
{
if (state)
type |= kOwner;
else
type &= ~kOwner;
}
void empty ();
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint16 type;
union
{
int64 intValue;
double floatValue;
const char8* string8;
const char16* string16;
FUnknown* object;
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool operator== (const FVariant& v1, const FVariant& v2)
{
#if SMTG_PLATFORM_64
return v1.type == v2.type && v1.intValue == v2.intValue;
#else
if (v1.type != v2.type)
return false;
if (v1.type & (FVariant::kString8 | FVariant::kString16 | FVariant::kObject))
return v1.string8 == v2.string8; // pointer type comparisons
return v1.intValue == v2.intValue; // intValue & double comparison
#endif
}
template <>
inline bool FVariant::get<bool> () const
{
return getInt () != 0;
}
template <>
inline uint32 FVariant::get<uint32> () const
{
return static_cast<uint32> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline int32 FVariant::get<int32> () const
{
return static_cast<int32> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline int64 FVariant::get<int64> () const
{
return static_cast<int64> (getInt ());
}
template <>
inline float FVariant::get<float> () const
{
return static_cast<float> (getFloat ());
}
template <>
inline double FVariant::get<double> () const
{
return getFloat ();
}
template <>
inline const char8* FVariant::get<const char8*> () const
{
return getString8 ();
}
template <>
inline const char16* FVariant::get<const char16*> () const
{
return getString16 ();
}
template <>
inline FUnknown* FVariant::get<FUnknown*> () const
{
return getObject ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline bool operator!= (const FVariant& v1, const FVariant& v2) { return !(v1 == v2); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant::FVariant (const FVariant& variant) : type (kEmpty) { *this = variant; }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline void FVariant::empty ()
{
if (type & kOwner)
{
if ((type & kString8) && string8)
free (const_cast<char8*> (string8)); // should match DELETESTR8
else if ((type & kString16) && string16)
free (const_cast<char16*> (string16)); // should match DELETESTR16
else if ((type & kObject) && object)
object->release ();
}
memset (this, 0, sizeof (FVariant));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline FVariant& FVariant::operator= (const FVariant& variant)
{
empty ();
type = variant.type;
if ((type & kString8) && variant.string8)
{
string8 = static_cast<char8*> (malloc (strlen (variant.string8) + 1)); // should match NEWSTR8
strcpy (const_cast<char8*> (string8), variant.string8);
type |= kOwner;
}
else if ((type & kString16) && variant.string16)
{
auto len = static_cast<size_t> (strlen16 (variant.string16));
string16 = static_cast<char16*> (malloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (char16))); // should match NEWSTR16
char16* tmp = const_cast<char16*> (string16);
memcpy (tmp, variant.string16, len * sizeof (char16));
tmp[len] = 0;
type |= kOwner;
}
else if ((type & kObject) && variant.object)
{
object = variant.object;
object->addRef ();
type |= kOwner;
}
else
intValue = variant.intValue; // copy memory
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/geoconstants.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2014
// Description : Defines orientations and directions as also used by fpoint.h and frect.h
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum Direction
{
kNorth,
kNorthEast,
kEast,
kSouthEast,
kSouth,
kSouthWest,
kWest,
kNorthWest,
kNoDirection, //same position or center point of a geometry
kNumberOfDirections,
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum Orientation
{
kHorizontal,
kVertical,
kNumberOfOrientations
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace GeoConstants {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline Direction toOpposite (Direction dir)
{
switch (dir)
{
case kNorth : return kSouth;
case kNorthEast : return kSouthWest;
case kEast : return kWest;
case kSouthEast : return kNorthWest;
case kSouth : return kNorth;
case kSouthWest : return kNorthEast;
case kWest : return kEast;
case kNorthWest : return kSouthEast;
case kNoDirection : return kNoDirection;
default:
return kNumberOfDirections;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline Orientation toOrientation (Direction dir)
{
switch (dir)
{
case kNorth : return kVertical;
case kEast : return kHorizontal;
case kSouth : return kVertical;
case kWest : return kHorizontal;
default:
return kNumberOfOrientations;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline Orientation toOrthogonalOrientation (Orientation dir)
{
switch (dir)
{
case kVertical : return kHorizontal;
case kHorizontal : return kVertical;
default:
return kNumberOfOrientations;
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace GeoConstants
} // namespace Steinberg
+87
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ibstream.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Interface for reading/writing streams
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Base class for streams.
\ingroup pluginBase
- read/write binary data from/to stream
- get/set stream read-write position (read and write position is the same)
*/
class IBStream: public FUnknown
{
public:
enum IStreamSeekMode
{
kIBSeekSet = 0, ///< set absolute seek position
kIBSeekCur, ///< set seek position relative to current position
kIBSeekEnd ///< set seek position relative to stream end
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Reads binary data from stream.
\param buffer : destination buffer
\param numBytes : amount of bytes to be read
\param numBytesRead : result - how many bytes have been read from stream (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API read (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesRead = nullptr) = 0;
/** Writes binary data to stream.
\param buffer : source buffer
\param numBytes : amount of bytes to write
\param numBytesWritten : result - how many bytes have been written to stream (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API write (void* buffer, int32 numBytes, int32* numBytesWritten = nullptr) = 0;
/** Sets stream read-write position.
\param pos : new stream position (dependent on mode)
\param mode : value of enum IStreamSeekMode
\param result : new seek position (set to 0 if this is of no interest) */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API seek (int64 pos, int32 mode, int64* result = nullptr) = 0;
/** Gets current stream read-write position.
\param pos : is assigned the current position if function succeeds */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API tell (int64* pos) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IBStream, 0xC3BF6EA2, 0x30994752, 0x9B6BF990, 0x1EE33E9B)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Stream with a size.
\ingroup pluginBase
[extends IBStream] when stream type supports it (like file and memory stream)
*/
class ISizeableStream: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Return the stream size */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getStreamSize (int64& size) = 0;
/** Set the steam size. File streams can only be resized if they are write enabled. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setStreamSize (int64 size) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ISizeableStream, 0x04F9549E, 0xE02F4E6E, 0x87E86A87, 0x47F4E17F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+41
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/icloneable.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2007
// Description : Interface for object copies
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface allowing an object to be copied.
- [plug & host imp]
- [released: N4.12]
*/
class ICloneable : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Create exact copy of the object */
virtual FUnknown* PLUGIN_API clone () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ICloneable, 0xD45406B9, 0x3A2D4443, 0x9DAD9BA9, 0x85A1454B)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ierrorcontext.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2008
// Description : Error Context Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class IString;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface for error handling.
- [plug imp]
- [released: Sequel 2]
*/
class IErrorContext : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Tells the plug-in to not show any UI elements on errors. */
virtual void PLUGIN_API disableErrorUI (bool state) = 0;
/** If an error happens and disableErrorUI was not set this should return kResultTrue if the
* plug-in already showed a message to the user what happened. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API errorMessageShown () = 0;
/** Fill message with error string. The host may show this to the user. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getErrorMessage (IString* message) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IErrorContext, 0x12BCD07B, 0x7C694336, 0xB7DA77C3, 0x444A0CD0)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+174
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ipersistent.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2004
// Description : Plug-In Storage Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class FVariant;
class IAttributes;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Persistent Object Interface.
[plug imp] \n
This interface is used to store/restore attributes of an object.
An IPlugController can implement this interface to handle presets.
The gui-xml for a preset control looks like this:
\code
....
<view name="PresetView" data="Preset"/>
....
<template name="PresetView">
<view name="preset control" size="0, 0, 100, 20"/>
<switch name="store preset" size="125,0,80,20" style="push|immediate" title="Store" />
<switch name="remove preset" size="220,0,80,20" style="push|immediate" title="Delete" />
</template>
\endcode
The tag data="Preset" tells the host to create a preset controller that handles the
3 values named "preset control", "store preset", and "remove preset".
*/
class IPersistent: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The class ID must be a 16 bytes unique id that is used to create the object.
This ID is also used to identify the preset list when used with presets. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassID (char8* uid) = 0;
/** Store all members/data in the passed IAttributes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API saveAttributes (IAttributes* ) = 0;
/** Restore all members/data from the passed IAttributes. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadAttributes (IAttributes* ) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPersistent, 0xBA1A4637, 0x3C9F46D0, 0xA65DBA0E, 0xB85DA829)
/** \ingroup smtgtypedef */
/**@{*/
typedef FIDString IAttrID;
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Object Data Archive Interface.
- [host imp]
- store data/objects/binary/subattributes in the archive
- read stored data from the archive
All data stored to the archive are identified by a string (IAttrID), which must be unique on each
IAttribute level.
The basic set/get methods make use of the FVariant class defined in 'funknown.h'.
For a more convenient usage of this interface, you should use the functions defined
in namespace PAttributes (public.sdk/source/common/pattributes.h+cpp) !!
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IAttributes: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \name Methods to write attributes
********************************************************************************************************
*/
//@{
/** Store any data in the archive. It is even possible to store sub-attributes by creating
* a new IAttributes instance via the IHostClasses interface and pass it to the parent in the
* FVariant. In this case the archive must take the ownership of the newly created object,
* which is true for all objects that have been created only for storing. You tell the archive
* to take ownership by adding the FVariant::kOwner flag to the FVariant::type member (data.type
* |= FVariant::kOwner). When using the PAttributes functions, this is done through a function
* parameter.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API set (IAttrID attrID /*in*/, const FVariant& data /*in*/) = 0;
/** Store a list of data in the archive. Please note that the type of data is not mixable! So
* you can only store a list of integers or a list of doubles/strings/etc. You can also store a
* list of subattributes or other objects that implement the IPersistent interface.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API queue (IAttrID listID /*in*/, const FVariant& data /*in*/) = 0;
/** Store binary data in the archive. Parameter 'copyBytes' specifies if the passed data should
* be copied. The archive cannot take the ownership of binary data. Either it just references a
* buffer in order to write it to a file (copyBytes = false) or it copies the data to its own
* buffers (copyBytes = true). When binary data should be stored in the default pool for
* example, you must always copy it!*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBinaryData (IAttrID attrID /*in*/, void* data /*in*/,
uint32 bytes /*in*/, bool copyBytes /*in*/) = 0;
//@}
/*! \name Methods to read attributes
********************************************************************************************************
*/
//@{
/** Get data previously stored to the archive. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API get (IAttrID attrID /*in*/, FVariant& data /*out*/) = 0;
/** Get list of data previously stored to the archive. As long as there are queue members the
* method will return kResultTrue. When the queue is empty, the methods returns kResultFalse.
* All lists except from object lists can be reset which means that the items can be read once
* again. \see IAttributes::resetQueue */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unqueue (IAttrID listID /*in*/, FVariant& data /*out*/) = 0;
/** Get the amount of items in a queue. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getQueueItemCount (IAttrID attrId /*in*/) = 0;
/** Reset a queue. If you need to restart reading a queue, you have to reset it. You can reset a
* queue at any time.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resetQueue (IAttrID attrID /*in*/) = 0;
/** Reset all queues in the archive.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resetAllQueues () = 0;
/** Read binary data from the archive. The data is copied into the passed buffer. The size of
* that buffer must fit the size of data stored in the archive which can be queried via
* IAttributes::getBinaryDataSize */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBinaryData (IAttrID attrID /*in*/, void* data /*inout*/,
uint32 bytes /*in*/) = 0;
/** Get the size in bytes of binary data in the archive. */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getBinaryDataSize (IAttrID attrID /*in*/) = 0;
//@}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributes, 0xFA1E32F9, 0xCA6D46F5, 0xA982F956, 0xB1191B58)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended access to Attributes; supports Attribute retrieval via iteration.
- [host imp]
- [released] C7/N6
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IAttributes2 : public IAttributes
{
public:
/** Returns the number of existing attributes. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API countAttributes () const = 0;
/** Returns the attribute's ID for the given index. */
virtual IAttrID PLUGIN_API getAttributeID (int32 index /*in*/) const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributes2, 0x1382126A, 0xFECA4871, 0x97D52A45, 0xB042AE99)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+522
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Plug-in Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "funknown.h"
#include "fstrdefs.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic interface to a plug-in component: IPluginBase
\ingroup pluginBase
- [plug imp]
- initialize/terminate the plug-in component
The host uses this interface to initialize and to terminate the plug-in component.
The context that is passed to the initialize method contains any interface to the
host that the plug-in will need to work. These interfaces can vary from category to category.
A list of supported host context interfaces should be included in the documentation
of a specific category.
*/
class IPluginBase: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** The host passes a number of interfaces as context to initialize the plug-in class.
\param context, passed by the host, is mandatory and should implement IHostApplication
@note Extensive memory allocations etc. should be performed in this method rather than in
the class' constructor! If the method does NOT return kResultOk, the object is released
immediately. In this case terminate is not called! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API initialize (FUnknown* context /*in*/) = 0;
/** This function is called before the plug-in is unloaded and can be used for
cleanups. You have to release all references to any host application interfaces. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API terminate () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginBase, 0x22888DDB, 0x156E45AE, 0x8358B348, 0x08190625)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Information about the class factory of the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PFactoryInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum FactoryFlags
{
/** Nothing */
kNoFlags = 0,
/** The number of exported classes can change each time the Module is loaded. If this flag
is set, the host does not cache class information. This leads to a longer startup time
because the host always has to load the Module to get the current class information. */
kClassesDiscardable = 1 << 0,
/** This flag is deprecated, do not use anymore, resp. it will get ignored from
Cubase/Nuendo 12 and later. */
kLicenseCheck = 1 << 1,
/** Component will not be unloaded until process exit */
kComponentNonDiscardable = 1 << 3,
/** Components have entirely unicode encoded strings (True for VST 3 plug-ins so far). */
kUnicode = 1 << 4
};
enum
{
kURLSize = 256,
kEmailSize = 128,
kNameSize = 64
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
char8 vendor[kNameSize]; ///< e.g. "Steinberg Media Technologies"
char8 url[kURLSize]; ///< e.g. "http://www.steinberg.de"
char8 email[kEmailSize]; ///< e.g. "info@steinberg.de"
int32 flags; ///< (see FactoryFlags above)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 PFactoryInfo (const char8* _vendor, const char8* _url, const char8* _email,
int32 _flags)
#if SMTG_CPP14
: vendor (), url (), email (), flags ()
#endif
{
strncpy8 (vendor, _vendor, kNameSize);
strncpy8 (url, _url, kURLSize);
strncpy8 (email, _email, kEmailSize);
flags = _flags;
#ifdef UNICODE
flags |= kUnicode;
#endif
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PFactoryInfo () : vendor (), url (), email (), flags () {}
#else
PFactoryInfo () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PFactoryInfo)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PClassInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum ClassCardinality
{
kManyInstances = 0x7FFFFFFF
};
enum
{
kCategorySize = 32,
kNameSize = 64
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class ID 16 Byte class GUID */
TUID cid;
/** Cardinality of the class, set to kManyInstances (see \ref PClassInfo::ClassCardinality) */
int32 cardinality;
/** Class category, host uses this to categorize interfaces */
char8 category[kCategorySize];
/** Class name, visible to the user */
char8 name[kNameSize];
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 PClassInfo (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category,
const char8* _name)
#if SMTG_CPP14
: cid (), cardinality (), category (), name ()
#endif
{
#if SMTG_CPP14
copyTUID (cid, _cid);
#else
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
#endif
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy8 (name, _name, kNameSize);
cardinality = _cardinality;
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfo () : cid (), cardinality (), category (), name () {}
#else
PClassInfo () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class factory that any plug-in defines for creating class instances: IPluginFactory
\ingroup pluginBase
- [plug imp]
From the host's point of view a plug-in module is a factory which can create
a certain kind of object(s). The interface IPluginFactory provides methods
to get information about the classes exported by the plug-in and a
mechanism to create instances of these classes (that usually define the IPluginBase interface).
<b> An implementation is provided in public.sdk/source/common/pluginfactory.cpp </b>
\see GetPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Fill a PFactoryInfo structure with information about the plug-in vendor. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFactoryInfo (PFactoryInfo* info /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Returns the number of exported classes by this factory. If you are using the CPluginFactory
* implementation provided by the SDK, it returns the number of classes you registered with
* CPluginFactory::registerClass. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API countClasses () = 0;
/** Fill a PClassInfo structure with information about the class at the specified index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfo (int32 index /*in*/, PClassInfo* info /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Create a new class instance. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API createInstance (FIDString cid /*in*/, FIDString _iid /*in*/,
void** obj /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory, 0x7A4D811C, 0x52114A1F, 0xAED9D2EE, 0x0B43BF9F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 2 of Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in.
\ingroup pluginBase
*/
struct PClassInfo2
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class ID 16 Byte class GUID */
TUID cid;
/** Cardinality of the class, set to kManyInstances (see \ref PClassInfo::ClassCardinality) */
int32 cardinality;
/** Class category, host uses this to categorize interfaces */
char8 category[PClassInfo::kCategorySize];
/** Class name, visible to the user */
char8 name[PClassInfo::kNameSize];
enum {
kVendorSize = 64,
kVersionSize = 64,
kSubCategoriesSize = 128
};
/** flags used for a specific category, must be defined where category is defined */
uint32 classFlags;
/** module specific subcategories, can be more than one, logically added by the OR operator */
char8 subCategories[kSubCategoriesSize];
/** overwrite vendor information from factory info */
char8 vendor[kVendorSize];
/** Version string (e.g. "1.0.0.512" with Major.Minor.Subversion.Build) */
char8 version[kVersionSize];
/** SDK version used to build this class (e.g. "VST 3.0") */
char8 sdkVersion[kVersionSize];
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 PClassInfo2 (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category,
const char8* _name, int32 _classFlags,
const char8* _subCategories, const char8* _vendor,
const char8* _version, const char8* _sdkVersion)
#if SMTG_CPP14
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
#endif
{
#if SMTG_CPP14
copyTUID (cid, _cid);
#else
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo2));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
#endif
cardinality = _cardinality;
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy8 (name, _name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = static_cast<uint32> (_classFlags);
if (_subCategories)
strncpy8 (subCategories, _subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
if (_vendor)
strncpy8 (vendor, _vendor, kVendorSize);
if (_version)
strncpy8 (version, _version, kVersionSize);
if (_sdkVersion)
strncpy8 (sdkVersion, _sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfo2 ()
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
{
}
#else
PClassInfo2 () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfo2)); }
#endif
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory2 interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 2 of class factory supporting PClassInfo2: IPluginFactory2
\ingroup pluginBase
\copydoc IPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory2 : public IPluginFactory
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the class info (version 2) for a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfo2 (int32 index /*in*/, PClassInfo2* info /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory2, 0x0007B650, 0xF24B4C0B, 0xA464EDB9, 0xF00B2ABB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Unicode Version of Basic Information about a class provided by the plug-in
*/
struct PClassInfoW
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
TUID cid; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
int32 cardinality; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
char8 category[PClassInfo::kCategorySize]; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
char16 name[PClassInfo::kNameSize]; ///< see \ref PClassInfo
enum {
kVendorSize = 64,
kVersionSize = 64,
kSubCategoriesSize = 128
};
/** flags used for a specific category, must be defined where category is defined */
uint32 classFlags;
/** module specific subcategories, can be more than one, logically added by the OR operator */
char8 subCategories[kSubCategoriesSize];
/** overwrite vendor information from factory info */
char16 vendor[kVendorSize];
/** Version string (e.g. "1.0.0.512" with Major.Minor.Subversion.Build) */
char16 version[kVersionSize];
/** SDK version used to build this class (e.g. "VST 3.0") */
char16 sdkVersion[kVersionSize];
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 PClassInfoW (const TUID _cid, int32 _cardinality, const char8* _category,
const char16* _name, int32 _classFlags,
const char8* _subCategories, const char16* _vendor,
const char16* _version, const char16* _sdkVersion)
#if SMTG_CPP14
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
#endif
{
#if SMTG_CPP14
copyTUID (cid, _cid);
#else
memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfoW));
memcpy (cid, _cid, sizeof (TUID));
#endif
cardinality = _cardinality;
if (_category)
strncpy8 (category, _category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
if (_name)
strncpy16 (name, _name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = static_cast<uint32> (_classFlags);
if (_subCategories)
strncpy8 (subCategories, _subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
if (_vendor)
strncpy16 (vendor, _vendor, kVendorSize);
if (_version)
strncpy16 (version, _version, kVersionSize);
if (_sdkVersion)
strncpy16 (sdkVersion, _sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11
constexpr PClassInfoW ()
: cid ()
, cardinality ()
, category ()
, name ()
, classFlags ()
, subCategories ()
, vendor ()
, version ()
, sdkVersion ()
{
}
#else
PClassInfoW () { memset (this, 0, sizeof (PClassInfoW)); }
#endif
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 void fromAscii (const PClassInfo2& ci2)
{
#if SMTG_CPP14
copyTUID (cid, ci2.cid);
#else
memcpy (cid, ci2.cid, sizeof (TUID));
#endif
cardinality = ci2.cardinality;
strncpy8 (category, ci2.category, PClassInfo::kCategorySize);
str8ToStr16 (name, ci2.name, PClassInfo::kNameSize);
classFlags = ci2.classFlags;
strncpy8 (subCategories, ci2.subCategories, kSubCategoriesSize);
str8ToStr16 (vendor, ci2.vendor, kVendorSize);
str8ToStr16 (version, ci2.version, kVersionSize);
str8ToStr16 (sdkVersion, ci2.sdkVersion, kVersionSize);
}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPluginFactory3 interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Version 3 of class factory supporting PClassInfoW: IPluginFactory3
\ingroup pluginBase
\copydoc IPluginFactory
*/
class IPluginFactory3 : public IPluginFactory2
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the unicode class info for a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getClassInfoUnicode (int32 index /*in*/,
PClassInfoW* info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Receives information about host*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setHostContext (FUnknown* context /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginFactory3, 0x4555A2AB, 0xC1234E57, 0x9B122910, 0x36878931)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define LICENCE_UID(l1, l2, l3, l4) \
{ \
(int8)((l1 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l1 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l1 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l1 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l2 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l2 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l2 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l2 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l3 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l3 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l3 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l3 & 0x000000FF) ), \
(int8)((l4 & 0xFF000000) >> 24), (int8)((l4 & 0x00FF0000) >> 16), \
(int8)((l4 & 0x0000FF00) >> 8), (int8)((l4 & 0x000000FF) ) \
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// GetPluginFactory
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in entry point.
\ingroup pluginBase
Any plug-in must define and export this function. \n
A typical implementation of GetPluginFactory looks like this
\code{.cpp}
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory ()
{
if (!gPluginFactory)
{
static PFactoryInfo factoryInfo =
{
"My Company Name",
"http://www.mywebpage.com",
"mailto:myemail@address.com",
PFactoryInfo::kNoFlags
};
gPluginFactory = new CPluginFactory (factoryInfo);
static PClassInfo componentClass =
{
INLINE_UID (0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000), // replace by a valid uid
1,
"Service", // category
"Name"
};
gPluginFactory->registerClass (&componentClass, MyComponentClass::newInstance);
}
else
gPluginFactory->addRef ();
return gPluginFactory;
}
\endcode
\see \ref loadPlugin
*/
extern "C"
{
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL Steinberg::IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory ();
typedef Steinberg::IPluginFactory* (PLUGIN_API *GetFactoryProc) ();
}
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/iplugincompatibility.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2022
// Description : Basic Plug-in Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ibstream.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** moduleinfo.json
The moduleinfo.json describes the contents of the plug-in in a JSON5 compatible format (See https://json5.org/).
It contains the factory info (see PFactoryInfo), the contained classes (see PClassInfo), the
included snapshots and a list of compatibility of the included classes.
An example moduleinfo.json:
\code
{
"Name": "",
"Version": "1.0",
"Factory Info": {
"Vendor": "Steinberg Media Technologies",
"URL": "http://www.steinberg.net",
"E-Mail": "mailto:info@steinberg.de",
"Flags": {
"Unicode": true,
"Classes Discardable": false,
"Component Non Discardable": false,
},
},
"Compatibility": [
{
"New": "B9F9ADE1CD9C4B6DA57E61E3123535FD",
"Old": [
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA", // just an example
"BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB", // another example
],
},
],
"Classes": [
{
"CID": "B9F9ADE1CD9C4B6DA57E61E3123535FD",
"Category": "Audio Module Class",
"Name": "AGainSimple VST3",
"Vendor": "Steinberg Media Technologies",
"Version": "1.3.0.1",
"SDKVersion": "VST 3.7.4",
"Sub Categories": [
"Fx",
],
"Class Flags": 0,
"Cardinality": 2147483647,
"Snapshots": [
],
},
],
}
\endcode
*/
#define kPluginCompatibilityClass "Plugin Compatibility Class"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** optional interface to query the compatibility of the plug-ins classes
- [plug imp]
A plug-in can add a class with this interface to its class factory if it cannot provide a
moduleinfo.json file in its plug-in package/bundle where the compatibility is normally part of.
If the module contains a moduleinfo.json the host will ignore this class.
The class must write into the stream an UTF-8 encoded json description of the compatibility of
the other classes in the factory.
It is expected that the JSON5 written starts with an array:
\code
[
{
"New": "B9F9ADE1CD9C4B6DA57E61E3123535FD",
"Old": [
"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA", // just an example
"BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB", // another example
],
},
]
\endcode
*/
class IPluginCompatibility : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** get the compatibility stream
* @param stream the stream the plug-in must write the UTF8 encoded JSON5 compatibility
* string.
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getCompatibilityJSON (IBStream* stream) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPluginCompatibility, 0x4AFD4B6A, 0x35D7C240, 0xA5C31414, 0xFB7D15E6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2005
// Description : Strings Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface to return an ascii string of variable size.
In order to manage memory allocation and deallocation properly,
this interface is used to transfer a string as result parameter of
a method requires a string of unknown size.
- [host imp] or [plug imp]
- [released: SX 4]
*/
class IStringResult : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText (const char8* text) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IStringResult, 0x550798BC, 0x872049DB, 0x84920A15, 0x3B50B7A8)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Interface to a string of variable size and encoding.
- [host imp] or [plug imp]
- [released: ]
*/
class IString : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Assign ASCII string */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText8 (const char8* text) = 0;
/** Assign unicode string */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setText16 (const char16* text) = 0;
/** Return ASCII string. If the string is unicode so far, it will be converted.
So you need to be careful, because the conversion can result in data loss.
It is save though to call getText8 if isWideString() returns false */
virtual const char8* PLUGIN_API getText8 () = 0;
/** Return unicode string. If the string is ASCII so far, it will be converted. */
virtual const char16* PLUGIN_API getText16 () = 0;
/** !Do not use this method! Early implementations take the given pointer as
internal string and this will cause problems because 'free' will be used to delete the passed memory.
Later implementations will redirect 'take' to setText8 and setText16 */
virtual void PLUGIN_API take (void* s, bool isWide) = 0;
/** Returns true if the string is in unicode format, returns false if the string is ASCII */
virtual bool PLUGIN_API isWideString () const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IString, 0xF99DB7A3, 0x0FC14821, 0x800B0CF9, 0x8E348EDF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : Steinberg Module Architecture SDK
//
// Category : Basic Host Service Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/iupdatehandler.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Update handling
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class IDependent;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host implements dependency handling for plugins.
- [host imp]
- [get this interface from IHostClasses]
- [released N3.1]
- Install/Remove change notifications
- Trigger updates when an object has changed
Can be used between host-objects and the Plug-In or
inside the Plug-In to handle internal updates!
\see IDependent
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IUpdateHandler: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Install update notification for given object. It is essential to
remove all dependencies again using 'removeDependent'! Dependencies
are not removed automatically when the 'object' is released!
\param object : interface to object that sends change notifications
\param dependent : interface through which the update is passed */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addDependent (FUnknown* object, IDependent* dependent) = 0;
/** Remove a previously installed dependency.*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removeDependent (FUnknown* object, IDependent* dependent) = 0;
/** Inform all dependents, that object has changed.
\param object is the object that has changed
\param message is a value of enum IDependent::ChangeMessage, usually IDependent::kChanged - can be
a private message as well (only known to sender and dependent)*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API triggerUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) = 0;
/** Same as triggerUpdates, but delivered in idle (usefull to collect updates).*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API deferUpdates (FUnknown* object, int32 message) = 0;
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUpdateHandler, 0xF5246D56, 0x86544d60, 0xB026AFB5, 0x7B697B37)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** A dependent will get notified about changes of a model.
[plug imp]
- notify changes of a model
\see IUpdateHandler
\ingroup frameworkHostClasses
*/
class IDependent: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Inform the dependent, that the passed FUnknown has changed. */
virtual void PLUGIN_API update (FUnknown* changedUnknown, int32 message) = 0;
enum ChangeMessage
{
kWillChange,
kChanged,
kDestroyed,
kWillDestroy,
kStdChangeMessageLast = kWillDestroy
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IDependent, 0xF52B7AAE, 0xDE72416d, 0x8AF18ACE, 0x9DD7BD5E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+196
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/keycodes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Key Code Definitions
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Virtual Key Codes.
OS-independent enumeration of virtual keycodes.
*/
enum VirtualKeyCodes
{
KEY_BACK = 1,
KEY_TAB,
KEY_CLEAR,
KEY_RETURN,
KEY_PAUSE,
KEY_ESCAPE,
KEY_SPACE,
KEY_NEXT,
KEY_END,
KEY_HOME,
KEY_LEFT,
KEY_UP,
KEY_RIGHT,
KEY_DOWN,
KEY_PAGEUP,
KEY_PAGEDOWN,
KEY_SELECT,
KEY_PRINT,
KEY_ENTER,
KEY_SNAPSHOT,
KEY_INSERT,
KEY_DELETE,
KEY_HELP,
KEY_NUMPAD0,
KEY_NUMPAD1,
KEY_NUMPAD2,
KEY_NUMPAD3,
KEY_NUMPAD4,
KEY_NUMPAD5,
KEY_NUMPAD6,
KEY_NUMPAD7,
KEY_NUMPAD8,
KEY_NUMPAD9,
KEY_MULTIPLY,
KEY_ADD,
KEY_SEPARATOR,
KEY_SUBTRACT,
KEY_DECIMAL,
KEY_DIVIDE,
KEY_F1,
KEY_F2,
KEY_F3,
KEY_F4,
KEY_F5,
KEY_F6,
KEY_F7,
KEY_F8,
KEY_F9,
KEY_F10,
KEY_F11,
KEY_F12,
KEY_NUMLOCK,
KEY_SCROLL,
KEY_SHIFT,
KEY_CONTROL,
KEY_ALT,
KEY_EQUALS, // only occurs on a Mac
KEY_CONTEXTMENU, // Windows only
// multimedia keys
KEY_MEDIA_PLAY,
KEY_MEDIA_STOP,
KEY_MEDIA_PREV,
KEY_MEDIA_NEXT,
KEY_VOLUME_UP,
KEY_VOLUME_DOWN,
KEY_F13,
KEY_F14,
KEY_F15,
KEY_F16,
KEY_F17,
KEY_F18,
KEY_F19,
KEY_F20,
KEY_F21,
KEY_F22,
KEY_F23,
KEY_F24,
KEY_SUPER, // Win-Key on Windows, Ctrl-Key on macOS
VKEY_FIRST_CODE = KEY_BACK,
VKEY_LAST_CODE = KEY_SUPER,
VKEY_FIRST_ASCII = 128
/*
KEY_0 - KEY_9 are the same as ASCII '0' - '9' (0x30 - 0x39) + FIRST_ASCII
KEY_A - KEY_Z are the same as ASCII 'A' - 'Z' (0x41 - 0x5A) + FIRST_ASCII
*/
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 tchar VirtualKeyCodeToChar (uint8 vKey)
{
if (vKey >= VKEY_FIRST_ASCII)
return (tchar)(vKey - VKEY_FIRST_ASCII + 0x30);
else if (vKey == KEY_SPACE)
return ' ';
return 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 uint8 CharToVirtualKeyCode (tchar character)
{
if ((character >= 0x30 && character <= 0x39) || (character >= 0x41 && character <= 0x5A))
return (uint8)(character - 0x30 + VKEY_FIRST_ASCII);
if (character == ' ')
return (uint8)KEY_SPACE;
return 0;
}
/** OS-independent enumeration of virtual modifier-codes. */
enum KeyModifier
{
kShiftKey = 1 << 0, ///< same on Windows and macOS
kAlternateKey = 1 << 1, ///< same on Windows and macOS
kCommandKey = 1 << 2, ///< Windows: ctrl key; macOS: cmd key
kControlKey = 1 << 3 ///< Windows: win key, macOS: ctrl key
};
/** Simple data-struct representing a key-stroke on the keyboard. */
struct KeyCode
{
/** The associated character. */
tchar character {0};
/** The associated virtual key-code. */
uint8 virt {0};
/** The associated virtual modifier-code. */
uint8 modifier {0};
/** Constructs a new KeyCode. */
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 KeyCode (tchar character = 0, uint8 virt = 0, uint8 modifier = 0)
: character (character), virt (virt), modifier (modifier)
{
}
SMTG_CONSTEXPR14 KeyCode& operator= (const KeyCode& other) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
character = other.character;
virt = other.virt;
modifier = other.modifier;
return *this;
}
};
/** Utility functions to handle key-codes.
* @see Steinberg::KeyCode
*/
namespace KeyCodes {}
namespace KeyCodes {
/** Is only a modifier pressed on the keyboard? */
template <typename Key>
bool isModifierOnlyKey (const Key& key)
{
return (key.character == 0 && (key.virt == KEY_SHIFT || key.virt == KEY_ALT ||
key.virt == KEY_CONTROL || key.virt == KEY_SUPER));
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace KeyCodes
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Base
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/pluginbasefwd.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2014
// Description : Forward declarations for pluginterfaces base module
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
namespace Steinberg {
class FUnknown;
class FUID;
template <typename T> class IPtr;
class ICloneable;
class IDependent;
class IUpdateHandler;
class IBStream;
struct KeyCode;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
+386
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/smartpointer.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2004
// Description : Basic Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
#include <utility>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPtr
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IPtr - Smart pointer template class.
\ingroup pluginBase
- can be used as an I* pointer
- handles refCount of the interface
- Usage example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path (sharedPath);
if (path)
path->ascend ();
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
class IPtr
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline IPtr (I* ptr, bool addRef = true);
inline IPtr (const IPtr&);
template <class T>
inline IPtr (const IPtr<T>& other) : ptr (other.get ())
{
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
inline IPtr ();
inline ~IPtr ();
inline I* operator= (I* ptr);
inline IPtr& operator= (const IPtr& other);
template <class T>
inline IPtr& operator= (const IPtr<T>& other)
{
operator= (other.get ());
return *this;
}
inline operator I* () const { return ptr; } // act as I*
inline I* operator-> () const { return ptr; } // act as I*
inline I* get () const { return ptr; }
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
inline IPtr (IPtr<I>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : ptr (movePtr.take ()) { }
template <typename T>
inline IPtr (IPtr<T>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT : ptr (movePtr.take ()) { }
inline IPtr& operator= (IPtr<I>&& movePtr) SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = movePtr.take ();
return *this;
}
template <typename T>
inline IPtr& operator= (IPtr<T>&& movePtr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = movePtr.take ();
return *this;
}
#endif
inline void reset (I* obj = nullptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release();
ptr = obj;
}
I* take () SMTG_NOEXCEPT
{
I* out = ptr;
ptr = nullptr;
return out;
}
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (T* obj) SMTG_NOEXCEPT { return IPtr<T> (obj, false); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
I* ptr;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr (I* _ptr, bool addRef) : ptr (_ptr)
{
if (ptr && addRef)
ptr->addRef ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr (const IPtr<I>& other) : ptr (other.ptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::IPtr () : ptr (0)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>::~IPtr ()
{
if (ptr)
{
ptr->release ();
ptr = nullptr; //TODO_CORE: how much does this cost? is this something hiding for us?
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline I* IPtr<I>::operator= (I* _ptr)
{
if (_ptr != ptr)
{
if (ptr)
ptr->release ();
ptr = _ptr;
if (ptr)
ptr->addRef ();
}
return ptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class I>
inline IPtr<I>& IPtr<I>::operator= (const IPtr<I>& _ptr)
{
operator= (_ptr.ptr);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** OPtr - "owning" smart pointer used for newly created FObjects.
\ingroup pluginBase
FUnknown implementations are supposed to have a refCount of 1 right after creation.
So using an IPtr on newly created objects would lead to a leak.
Instead the OPtr can be used in this case. \n
Example:
\code
OPtr<IPath> path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
// no release is needed...
\endcode
The assignment operator takes ownership of a new object and releases the old.
So its safe to write:
\code
OPtr<IPath> path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = 0;
\endcode
This is the difference to using an IPtr with addRef=false.
\code
// DONT DO THIS:
IPtr<IPath> path (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses), false);
path = FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses);
path = 0;
\endcode
This will lead to a leak!
*/
template <class I>
class OPtr : public IPtr<I>
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
inline OPtr (I* p) : IPtr<I> (p, false) {}
inline OPtr (const IPtr<I>& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline OPtr (const OPtr<I>& p) : IPtr<I> (p) {}
inline OPtr () {}
inline I* operator= (I* _ptr)
{
if (_ptr != this->ptr)
{
if (this->ptr)
this->ptr->release ();
this->ptr = _ptr;
}
return this->ptr;
}
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Assigning newly created object to an IPtr.
Example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = owned (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
\endcode
which is a slightly shorter form of writing:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = OPtr<IPath> (FHostCreate (IPath, hostClasses));
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
IPtr<I> owned (I* p)
{
return IPtr<I> (p, false);
}
/** Assigning shared object to an IPtr.
Example:
\code
IPtr<IPath> path = shared (iface.getXY ());
\endcode
*/
template <class I>
IPtr<I> shared (I* p)
{
return IPtr<I> (p, true);
}
#if SMTG_CPP11_STDLIBSUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Ownership functionality
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace SKI {
namespace Detail {
struct Adopt;
} // Detail
/** Strong typedef for shared reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Shared
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
/** Strong typedef for transferring the ownership of reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* After calling adopt the reference in this object is null.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Owned
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
/** Strong typedef for using reference counted objects.
* Use SKI::adopt to unwrap the provided object.
* After calling adopt the reference in this object is null.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
*/
template <typename T>
class Used
{
friend struct Detail::Adopt;
T* obj = nullptr;
};
namespace Detail {
struct Adopt
{
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>& ref)
{
using Steinberg::shared;
return shared (ref.obj);
}
template <typename T>
static IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>& ref)
{
using Steinberg::owned;
IPtr<T> out = owned (ref.obj);
ref.obj = nullptr;
return out;
}
template <typename T>
static T* adopt (Used<T>& ref)
{
return ref.obj;
}
template <template <typename> class OwnerType, typename T>
static OwnerType<T> toOwnerType (T* obj)
{
OwnerType<T> out;
out.obj = obj;
return out;
}
};
} // Detail
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Shared<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
IPtr<T> adopt (Owned<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to adopt referenced counted object.
* @tparam T Referenced counted type.
* @param ref The reference to be adopted in a smart pointer.
*/
template <typename T>
T* adopt (Used<T>& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
template <typename T>
T* adopt (Used<T>&& ref) { return Detail::Adopt::adopt (ref); }
/** Common function to wrap owned instances. */
template <typename T>
Owned<T> toOwned (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Owned> (obj); }
/** Common function to wrap shared instances. */
template <typename T>
Shared<T> toShared (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Shared> (obj); }
/** Common function to wrap used instances. */
template <typename T>
Used<T> toUsed (T* obj) { return Detail::Adopt::toOwnerType<Used> (obj); }
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // SKI
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/typesizecheck.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2018
// Description : Compile time type size check macro
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fplatform.h"
#if SMTG_CPP11
#define SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK(Operator, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, \
Linux32Size) \
namespace { \
template <typename Type, size_t w, size_t x, size_t y, size_t z> \
struct Operator##Check##Type \
{ \
constexpr Operator##Check##Type () \
{ \
static_assert (Operator (Type) == \
(SMTG_PLATFORM_64 ? w : SMTG_OS_MACOS ? x : SMTG_OS_LINUX ? z : y), \
"Struct " #Operator " error: " #Type); \
} \
}; \
static constexpr Operator##Check##Type<Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, \
Linux32Size> \
instance##Operator##Type; \
}
/** Check the size of a structure depending on compilation platform
* Used to check that structure sizes don't change between SDK releases.
*/
#define SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size) \
SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK (sizeof, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
/** Check the alignment of a structure depending on compilation platform
* Used to check that structure alignments don't change between SDK releases.
*/
#define SMTG_TYPE_ALIGN_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size) \
SMTG_TYPE_STATIC_CHECK (alignof, Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
#else
// need static_assert
#define SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK(Type, Platform64Size, MacOS32Size, Win32Size, Linux32Size)
#endif
+118
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ucolorspec.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2006 (Host: S4.1)
// Description : GUI data types
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ftypes.h"
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Colors
* \ingroup smtgtypedef */
/**@{*/
typedef uint32 ColorSpec;
typedef uint8 ColorComponent;
typedef ColorSpec UColorSpec; // legacy support
typedef ColorComponent UColorComponent; // legacy support
/**@}*/
/** Create color specifier with RGB values (alpha is opaque) */
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorSpec MakeColorSpec (ColorComponent r, ColorComponent g, ColorComponent b)
{
return 0xFF000000 | ((ColorSpec)r) << 16 | ((ColorSpec)g) << 8 | (ColorSpec)b;
}
/** Create color specifier with RGBA values */
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorSpec MakeColorSpec (ColorComponent r, ColorComponent g, ColorComponent b, ColorComponent a)
{
return ((ColorSpec)a) << 24 | ((ColorSpec)r) << 16 | ((ColorSpec)g) << 8 | (uint32)b;
}
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorComponent GetBlue (ColorSpec cs) { return (ColorComponent)(cs & 0x000000FF); }
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorComponent GetGreen (ColorSpec cs) { return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 8) & 0x000000FF); }
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorComponent GetRed (ColorSpec cs) { return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 16) & 0x000000FF); }
inline SMTG_CONSTEXPR ColorComponent GetAlpha (ColorSpec cs) { return (ColorComponent)((cs >> 24) & 0x000000FF); }
inline void SetBlue (ColorSpec& argb, ColorComponent b) { argb = (argb & 0xFFFFFF00) | (ColorSpec)(b); }
inline void SetGreen (ColorSpec& argb, ColorComponent g) { argb = (argb & 0xFFFF00FF) | (((ColorSpec)g) << 8); }
inline void SetRed (ColorSpec& argb, ColorComponent r) { argb = (argb & 0xFF00FFFF) | (((ColorSpec)r) << 16); }
inline void SetAlpha (ColorSpec& argb, ColorComponent a) { argb = (argb & 0x00FFFFFF) | (((ColorSpec)a) << 24); }
/** Normalized color components*/
/** { */
inline double NormalizeColorComponent (ColorComponent c) { return c / 255.0; }
inline ColorComponent DenormalizeColorComponent (double c) { return static_cast<ColorComponent> (c * 255.0); }
inline void SetAlphaNorm (ColorSpec& argb, double a) { SetAlpha (argb, DenormalizeColorComponent (a)); }
inline double GetAlphaNorm (ColorSpec cs) { return (NormalizeColorComponent (GetAlpha (cs))); }
inline double NormalizeAlpha (uint8 alpha) {return NormalizeColorComponent (alpha);}
inline ColorComponent DenormalizeAlpha (double alphaNorm) { return DenormalizeColorComponent (alphaNorm); }
/** } */
inline ColorSpec StripAlpha (ColorSpec argb) { return (argb & 0x00FFFFFF); }
inline ColorSpec SMTG_CONSTEXPR BlendColor (ColorSpec color, double opacity)
{
return MakeColorSpec (
GetRed (color),
GetGreen (color),
GetBlue (color),
static_cast<ColorComponent> (GetAlpha(color) * opacity)
);
}
enum StandardColor //TODO_REFACTOR: change to enum class (c++11)
{
kBlack = 0,
kWhite,
kGray5,
kGray10,
kGray20,
kGray30,
kGray40,
kGray50,
kGray60,
kGray70,
kGray80,
kGray90,
kRed,
kLtRed,
kDkRed,
kGreen,
kLtGreen,
kDkGreen,
kBlue,
kLtBlue,
kDkBlue,
kMagenta,
kLtMagenta,
kDkMagenta,
kYellow,
kLtYellow,
kDkYellow,
kOrange,
kLtOrange,
kDkOrange,
kGold,
kBlack50,
kBlack70,
kNumStandardColors,
kLtGray = kGray20,
kGray = kGray50,
kDkGray = kGray70
};
}
+275
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ustring.cpp
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : UTF-16 String class
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "ustring.h"
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
#include <cstdio>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning (disable : 4996) // deprecated functions
#endif
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
#include <cstring>
#include <string>
#include <codecvt>
#include <sstream>
#include <locale>
#include <wctype.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if SMTG_OS_LINUX
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace {
using Converter = std::wstring_convert<std::codecvt_utf8_utf16<char16_t>, char16_t>;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
Converter& converter ()
{
static Converter instance;
return instance;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // anonymous
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif // SMTG_OS_LINUX
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Copy strings of different character width. */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class TDstChar, class TSrcChar>
void StringCopy (TDstChar* dst, int32 dstSize, const TSrcChar* src, int32 srcSize = -1)
{
int32 count = dstSize;
if (srcSize >= 0 && srcSize < dstSize)
count = srcSize;
for (int32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
{
dst[i] = (TDstChar)src[i];
if (src[i] == 0)
break;
}
dst[dstSize - 1] = 0;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Find length of null-terminated string, i.e. StringLength (L"ABC\0") => 3 */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
template <class TSrcChar>
int32 StringLength (const TSrcChar* src, int32 srcSize = -1)
{
if (srcSize == 0)
return 0;
int32 length = 0;
while (src[length])
{
length++;
if (srcSize > 0 && length >= srcSize)
break;
}
return length;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// UString
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 UString::getLength () const
{
return StringLength<char16> (thisBuffer, thisSize);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::assign (const char16* src, int32 srcSize)
{
StringCopy<char16, char16> (thisBuffer, thisSize, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::append (const char16* src, int32 srcSize)
{
int32 length = getLength ();
StringCopy<char16, char16> (thisBuffer + length, thisSize - length, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const UString& UString::copyTo (char16* dst, int32 dstSize) const
{
StringCopy<char16, char16> (dst, dstSize, thisBuffer, thisSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UString& UString::fromAscii (const char* src, int32 srcSize)
{
StringCopy<char16, char> (thisBuffer, thisSize, src, srcSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
const UString& UString::toAscii (char* dst, int32 dstSize) const
{
StringCopy<char, char16> (dst, dstSize, thisBuffer, thisSize);
return *this;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::scanFloat (double& value) const
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swscanf ((const wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%lf", &value) != -1;
#elif TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithBytes (0, (const UInt8 *)thisBuffer, getLength () * 2, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, false);
if (cfStr)
{
value = CFStringGetDoubleValue (cfStr);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto str = converter ().to_bytes (thisBuffer);
return sscanf (str.data (), "%lf", &value) == 1;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::printFloat (double value, int32 precision)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swprintf ((wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%.*lf", precision, value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
bool result = false;
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithFormat (0, 0, CFSTR("%.*lf"), precision, value);
if (cfStr)
{
memset (thisBuffer, 0, thisSize);
CFRange range = {0, CFStringGetLength (cfStr)};
CFStringGetBytes (cfStr, range, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, 0, false, (UInt8*)thisBuffer, thisSize, 0);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return result;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto utf8Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char*> (thisBuffer);
auto len = snprintf (utf8Buffer, thisSize, "%.*lf", precision, value);
if (len > 0)
{
auto utf16Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char16*> (thisBuffer);
utf16Buffer[len] = 0;
while (--len >= 0)
{
utf16Buffer[len] = utf8Buffer[len];
}
return true;
}
return false;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::scanInt (int64& value) const
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swscanf ((const wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%I64d", &value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithBytes (0, (const UInt8 *)thisBuffer, getLength () * 2, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, false);
if (cfStr)
{
value = CFStringGetIntValue (cfStr);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto str = converter ().to_bytes (thisBuffer);
return sscanf (str.data (), "%lld", &value) == 1;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
bool UString::printInt (int64 value)
{
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS
return swprintf ((wchar_t*)thisBuffer, L"%I64d", value) != -1;
#elif SMTG_OS_MACOS
CFStringRef cfStr = CFStringCreateWithFormat (0, 0, CFSTR("%lld"), value);
if (cfStr)
{
memset (thisBuffer, 0, thisSize);
CFRange range = {0, CFStringGetLength (cfStr)};
CFStringGetBytes (cfStr, range, kCFStringEncodingUTF16, 0, false, (UInt8*)thisBuffer, thisSize, 0);
CFRelease (cfStr);
return true;
}
return false;
#elif SMTG_OS_LINUX
auto utf8Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char*> (thisBuffer);
auto len = snprintf (utf8Buffer, thisSize, "%lld", value);
if (len > 0)
{
auto utf16Buffer = reinterpret_cast<char16*> (thisBuffer);
utf16Buffer[len] = 0;
while (--len >= 0)
{
utf16Buffer[len] = utf8Buffer[len];
}
return true;
}
return false;
#else
#warning Implement me
// implement me!
return false;
#endif
}
} // namespace Steinberg
+120
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : Helpers
// Filename : pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : UTF-16 String class
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ftypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** UTF-16 string class without buffer management.
Note: that some characters are encoded in 2 UTF16 code units (surrogate pair),
this means that getLength returns the number of code unit, not the count of character! */
class UString
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Construct from UTF-16 string, size is in code unit (count of char16) */
UString (char16* buffer, int32 size) : thisBuffer (buffer), thisSize (size) {}
/** returns buffer size */
int32 getSize () const { return thisSize; }
/** cast to char16* */
operator const char16* () const { return thisBuffer; }
/** Returns length of string (in code unit). Note this is not the count of character! */
int32 getLength () const;
/** Copy from UTF-16 buffer (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& assign (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
/** Append UTF-16 buffer (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& append (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
/** Copy to UTF-16 buffer (dstSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
const UString& copyTo (char16* dst, int32 dstSize) const;
/** Copy from ASCII string (srcSize is in code unit (count of char16)). */
UString& fromAscii (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1);
UString& assign (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1) { return fromAscii (src, srcSize); }
/** Copy to ASCII string. */
const UString& toAscii (char* dst, int32 dstSize) const;
/** Scan integer from string. */
bool scanInt (int64& value) const;
/** Print integer to string. */
bool printInt (int64 value);
/** Scan float from string. */
bool scanFloat (double& value) const;
/** Print float to string. */
bool printFloat (double value, int32 precision = 4);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
char16* thisBuffer;
int32 thisSize; ///< size in code unit (not in byte!)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** UTF-16 string with fixed buffer size.
*/
template <int32 maxSize>
class UStringBuffer : public UString
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
UStringBuffer () : UString (data, maxSize) { data[0] = 0; }
/** Construct from UTF-16 string. */
UStringBuffer (const char16* src, int32 srcSize = -1) : UString (data, maxSize)
{
data[0] = 0;
if (src)
assign (src, srcSize);
}
/** Construct from ASCII string. */
UStringBuffer (const char* src, int32 srcSize = -1) : UString (data, maxSize)
{
data[0] = 0;
if (src)
fromAscii (src, srcSize);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
protected:
char16 data[maxSize];
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined UTF-16 string array types.
* \ingroup smtgtypedef */
/**@{*/
typedef UStringBuffer<128> UString128; ///< 128 character UTF-16 string
typedef UStringBuffer<256> UString256; ///< 256 character UTF-16 string
/**@}*/
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define USTRING(asciiString) Steinberg::UString256 (asciiString)
#define USTRINGSIZE(var) (sizeof (var) / sizeof (Steinberg::char16))
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+294
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK GUI Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/gui/iplugview.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2007
// Description : Plug-in User Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/base/typesizecheck.h"
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugFrame;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*! \defgroup pluginGUI Graphical User Interface
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Graphical rectangle structure. Used with IPlugView.
* \ingroup pluginGUI
*/
struct ViewRect
{
ViewRect (int32 l = 0, int32 t = 0, int32 r = 0, int32 b = 0)
: left (l), top (t), right (r), bottom (b)
{
}
int32 left;
int32 top;
int32 right;
int32 bottom;
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 getWidth () const { return right - left; }
int32 getHeight () const { return bottom - top; }
};
SMTG_TYPE_SIZE_CHECK (ViewRect, 16, 16, 16, 16)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup platformUIType Platform UI Types
* \ingroup pluginGUI
* List of Platform UI types for IPlugView. This list is used to match the GUI-System between
* the host and a plug-in in case that an OS provides multiple GUI-APIs.
*/
/**@{*/
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a HWND handle.
* You should attach a child window to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeHWND = "HWND"; ///< HWND handle. (Microsoft Windows)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a WindowRef.
* You should attach a HIViewRef to the content view of the window. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeHIView = "HIView"; ///< HIViewRef. (Mac OS X)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a NSView pointer.
* You should attach a NSView to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeNSView = "NSView"; ///< NSView pointer. (Mac OS X)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a UIView pointer.
* You should attach an UIView to it. */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeUIView = "UIView"; ///< UIView pointer. (iOS)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a X11 Window supporting XEmbed.
* You should attach a Window to it that supports the XEmbed extension.
* See https://standards.freedesktop.org/xembed-spec/xembed-spec-latest.html */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeX11EmbedWindowID = "X11EmbedWindowID"; ///< X11 Window ID. (X11)
/** The parent parameter in IPlugView::attached() is a wl_surface pointer.
* The plug-in should create a wl_surface and attach it to the parent surface as a wl_subsurface.
* The plug-in should not connect to the system compositor to do so, but use
* IWaylandHost::openWaylandConnection().
* See https://wayland.freedesktop.org/docs/html */
const FIDString kPlatformTypeWaylandSurfaceID = "WaylandSurfaceID"; ///< Wayland Surface ID.
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in definition of a view.
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
\par Coordinates
The coordinates utilized within the ViewRect are native to the view system of the parent type.
This implies that on macOS (kPlatformTypeNSView), the coordinates are expressed in logical
units (independent of the screen scale factor), whereas on Windows (kPlatformTypeHWND) and
Linux (kPlatformTypeX11EmbedWindowID), the coordinates are expressed in physical units (pixels).
\par Sizing of a view
Usually, the size of a plug-in view is fixed. But both the host and the plug-in can cause
a view to be resized:
\n
- \b Host: If IPlugView::canResize () returns kResultTrue the host will set up the window
so that the user can resize it. While the user resizes the window,
IPlugView::checkSizeConstraint () is called, allowing the plug-in to change the size to a valid
a valid supported rectangle size. The host then resizes the window to this rect and has to call IPlugView::onSize ().
\n
\n
- \b Plug-in: The plug-in can call IPlugFrame::resizeView () and cause the host to resize the
window.\n\n
Afterwards, in the same callstack, the host has to call IPlugView::onSize () if a resize is needed (size was changed).
Note that if the host calls IPlugView::getSize () before calling IPlugView::onSize () (if needed),
it will get the current (old) size not the wanted one!!\n
Here the calling sequence:\n
- plug-in->host: IPlugFrame::resizeView (newSize)
- host->plug-in (optional): IPlugView::getSize () returns the currentSize (not the newSize!)
- host->plug-in: if newSize is different from the current size: IPlugView::onSize (newSize)
- host->plug-in (optional): IPlugView::getSize () returns the newSize
\n
<b>Please only resize the platform representation of the view when IPlugView::onSize () is
called.</b>
\par Keyboard handling
The plug-in view receives keyboard events from the host. A view implementation must not handle
keyboard events by the means of platform callbacks, but let the host pass them to the view. The host
depends on a proper return value when IPlugView::onKeyDown is called, otherwise the plug-in view may
cause a malfunction of the host's key command handling.
\see IPlugFrame, \ref platformUIType
*/
class IPlugView : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Is Platform UI Type supported
\param type : IDString of \ref platformUIType */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API isPlatformTypeSupported (FIDString type) = 0;
/** The parent window of the view has been created, the (platform) representation of the view
should now be created as well.
Note that the parent is owned by the caller and you are not allowed to alter it in any way
other than adding your own views.
Note that in this call the plug-in could call a IPlugFrame::resizeView ()!
\param parent : platform handle of the parent window or view
\param type : \ref platformUIType which should be created */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API attached (void* parent, FIDString type) = 0;
/** The parent window of the view is about to be destroyed.
You have to remove all your own views from the parent window or view. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removed () = 0;
/** Handling of mouse wheel. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onWheel (float distance) = 0;
/** Handling of keyboard events : Key Down.
\param key : unicode code of key
\param keyCode : virtual keycode for non ascii keys - see \ref VirtualKeyCodes in keycodes.h
\param modifiers : any combination of modifiers - see \ref KeyModifier in keycodes.h
\return kResultTrue if the key is handled, otherwise kResultFalse. \n
<b> Please note that kResultTrue must only be returned if the key has really been
handled. </b> Otherwise key command handling of the host might be blocked! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyDown (char16 key, int16 keyCode, int16 modifiers) = 0;
/** Handling of keyboard events : Key Up.
\param key : unicode code of key
\param keyCode : virtual keycode for non ascii keys - see \ref VirtualKeyCodes in keycodes.h
\param modifiers : any combination of KeyModifier - see \ref KeyModifier in keycodes.h
\return kResultTrue if the key is handled, otherwise return kResultFalse. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onKeyUp (char16 key, int16 keyCode, int16 modifiers) = 0;
/** Returns the size of the platform representation of the view. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getSize (ViewRect* size) = 0;
/** Resizes the platform representation of the view to the given rect. Note that if the plug-in
* requests a resize (IPlugFrame::resizeView ()) onSize has to be called afterward. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onSize (ViewRect* newSize) = 0;
/** Focus changed message. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onFocus (TBool state) = 0;
/** Sets IPlugFrame object to allow the plug-in to inform the host about resizing. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setFrame (IPlugFrame* frame) = 0;
/** Is view sizable by user. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API canResize () = 0;
/** On live resize this is called to check if the view can be resized to the given rect, if not
* adjust the rect to the allowed size. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API checkSizeConstraint (ViewRect* rect) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugView, 0x5BC32507, 0xD06049EA, 0xA6151B52, 0x2B755B29)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Callback interface passed to IPlugView.
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Enables a plug-in to resize the view and cause the host to resize the window.
*/
class IPlugFrame : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Called to inform the host about the resize of a given view.
* Afterwards the host has to call IPlugView::onSize (). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API resizeView (IPlugView* view, ViewRect* newSize) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugFrame, 0x367FAF01, 0xAFA94693, 0x8D4DA2A0, 0xED0882A3)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Linux {
using TimerInterval = uint64;
using FileDescriptor = int;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux event handler interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.6.8]
\see IRunLoop
*/
class IEventHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void PLUGIN_API onFDIsSet (FileDescriptor fd) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEventHandler, 0x561E65C9, 0x13A0496F, 0x813A2C35, 0x654D7983)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux timer handler interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.6.8]
\see IRunLoop
*/
class ITimerHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual void PLUGIN_API onTimer () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITimerHandler, 0x10BDD94F, 0x41424774, 0x821FAD8F, 0xECA72CA9)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Linux host run loop interface
\ingroup pluginGUI vst368
- [host imp]
- [extends IPlugFrame]
- [released: 3.6.8]
On Linux the host has to provide this interface to the plug-in as there's no global event run loop
defined as on other platforms.
This can be done by IPlugFrame and the context which is passed to the plug-in as an argument
in the method IPlugFactory3::setHostContext. This way the plug-in can get a runloop even if
it does not have an editor.
A plug-in can register an event handler for a file descriptor. The host has to call the event
handler when the file descriptor is marked readable.
A plug-in also can register a timer which will be called repeatedly until it is unregistered.
*/
class IRunLoop : public FUnknown
{
public:
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API registerEventHandler (IEventHandler* handler, FileDescriptor fd) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unregisterEventHandler (IEventHandler* handler) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API registerTimer (ITimerHandler* handler,
TimerInterval milliseconds) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unregisterTimer (ITimerHandler* handler) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IRunLoop, 0x18C35366, 0x97764F1A, 0x9C5B8385, 0x7A871389)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Linux
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
//
// Category : SDK GUI Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/gui/iplugviewcontentscalesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 06/2016
// Description : Plug-in User Interface Scaling
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Plug-in view content scale support
\ingroup pluginGUI vstIPlug vst366
- [plug impl]
- [extends IPlugView]
- [released: 3.6.6]
- [optional]
This interface communicates the content scale factor from the host to the plug-in view on
systems where plug-ins cannot get this information directly like Microsoft Windows.
The host calls setContentScaleFactor directly before or after the plug-in view is attached and when
the scale factor changes while the view is attached (system change or window moved to another screen
with different scaling settings).
The host may call setContentScaleFactor in a different context, for example: scaling the plug-in
editor for better readability.
When a plug-in handles this (by returning kResultTrue), it needs to scale the width and height of
its view by the scale factor and inform the host via a IPlugFrame::resizeView (). The host will then
call IPlugView::onSize ().
Note that the host is allowed to call setContentScaleFactor() at any time the IPlugView is valid.
If this happens before the IPlugFrame object is set on your view, make sure that when the host calls
IPlugView::getSize() afterwards you return the size of your view for that new scale factor.
It is recommended to implement this interface on Microsoft Windows to let the host know that the
plug-in is able to render in different scalings.
*/
class IPlugViewContentScaleSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup smtgtypedef */
typedef float ScaleFactor;
/** Set the Content Scale Factor
* @param factor the scale factor requested by the host
* @return kResultTrue when a plug-in handles this
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setContentScaleFactor (ScaleFactor factor /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugViewContentScaleSupport, 0x65ED9690, 0x8AC44525, 0x8AADEF7A, 0x72EA703F)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+133
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/gui/iwaylandframe.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2025
// Originally written and contributed to VST SDK by PreSonus Software Ltd.
// Description : Wayland Support.
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct wl_display;
struct wl_surface;
struct xdg_surface;
struct xdg_toplevel;
namespace Steinberg {
struct ViewRect;
/** \defgroup waylandFrame Wayland Frame
*
* The following interfaces allow querying information about the host plug-in frame when running in
* a Wayland session.
*
* A native Wayland host application acts as both a Wayland client and a Wayland compositor.
* The host application connects to the system compositor and creates application windows etc. using
* this compositor connection.\n
* A plug-in does not connect to the system compositor, but connects to the host application by
* calling IWaylandHost::openWaylandConnection().\n
* The IWaylandHost interface can be created via IHostApplication::createInstance. As the interface
* may be required early, the host should pass IHostApplication to the plug-in using
* IPluginFactory3::setHostContext.\n
* When opening a plug-in window, the host calls IPlugView::attached() with the parent pointer set
* to the wl_surface of the parent frame (with an unknown surface role).
* The plug-in creates a wl_surface and must assign the wl_subsurface role using the given parent
* pointer.\n
* The plug-in is responsible for resizing the subsurface accordingly.\n
* In order to create additional windows (dialogs, menus, tooltips etc.), the plug-in can use the
* IWaylandFrame interface, which is implemented by the host's IPlugFrame object.\n
* The plug-in can use IWaylandFrame::getParentSurface() to query an xdg_surface, which can in turn
* be used as a parent in xdg_surface_get_popup. Likewise, the plug-in can use
* IWaylandFrame::getParentToplevel() to query an xdg_toplevel, which can be used in
* xdg_toplevel_set_parent.
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IWaylandHost: Wayland host interface
Implemented as a singleton in the host application.
Created via IHostApplication::createInstance.
\ingroup waylandFrame pluginGUI vst380
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.8.0]
*/
class IWaylandHost : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Open a Wayland connection to the host.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual wl_display* PLUGIN_API openWaylandConnection () = 0;
/** Close a previously created connection.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API closeWaylandConnection (wl_display* display) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IWaylandHost, 0x5E9582EE, 0x86594652, 0xB213678E, 0x7F1A705E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IWaylandFrame interface
Interface to query additional information about the host plug-in frame in a Wayland session.
To be implemented by the VST3 IPlugFrame class.
\ingroup waylandFrame pluginGUI vst380
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.8.0]
\see IPlugFrame
*/
class IWaylandFrame : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Get the parent Wayland surface.
* The plug-in must not change the state of the parent surface.
* \note [UI-thread & plugView] */
virtual wl_surface* PLUGIN_API getWaylandSurface (wl_display* display) = 0;
/** Get the parent XDG surface for creating popup windows.
* If the parent surface is not an xdg_surface,
* this returns the first xdg_surface that can be found in the surface hierarchy,
* starting the search with the parent surface.
* The plug-in must not change the state of the parent surface.
* The size and position of the parent surface, relative to the top left corner of
* the plug-in surface, is returned in parentSize.
* \note [UI-thread & plugView] */
virtual xdg_surface* PLUGIN_API getParentSurface (ViewRect& parentSize,
wl_display* display) = 0;
/** Get the XDG toplevel surface containing the plug-in frame.
* The plug-in must not change the state of the returned xdg_toplevel.
* \note [UI-thread & plugView] */
virtual xdg_toplevel* PLUGIN_API getParentToplevel (wl_display* display) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IWaylandFrame, 0x809FAEC6, 0x231C4FFA, 0x98ED046C, 0x6E9E2003)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+157
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : SDK Core
// Version : 1.0
//
// Category : SDK Core Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/test/itest.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2005
// Description : Test Interface - Availability Depends on HOST
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#ifndef kTestClass
#define kTestClass "Test Class" ///< A class for automated tests
#endif
namespace Steinberg {
class ITestResult;
/** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITest interface declaration
\defgroup TestClass Test Class: Interface for unit testing
The SDK provides already some tests which can be executed by the validator.
A plug-in has the possibility to add its own tests:
(check public.sdk/source/vst/utility/testing.h)
*/
class ITest : public FUnknown
{
public:
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
/** called immediately before the test is actually run.
* Usually this will be used to setup the test environment.
* \return true upon success */
virtual bool PLUGIN_API setup () = 0;
/** execute the test.
* \param testResult : points to a test result where the test can
* (optionally) add an error message.
* \return true upon success
* \sa ITestResult */
virtual bool PLUGIN_API run (ITestResult* testResult) = 0;
/** called after the test has run. This method shall be used to
* deconstruct a test environment that has been setup with ITest::setup ().
* \return true upon success */
virtual bool PLUGIN_API teardown () = 0;
/** This function is used to provide information about the performed
* testcase. What is done, what is validated and what has to be prepared
* before executing the test (in case of half-automated tests).
* \return null terminated string upon success, zero otherwise */
virtual const tchar* PLUGIN_API getDescription () { return nullptr; }
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
#ifdef UNICODE
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITest, 0xFE64FC19, 0x95684F53, 0xAAA78DC8, 0x7228338E)
#else
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITest, 0x9E2E608B, 0x64C64CF8, 0x839059BD, 0xA194032D)
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ITestResult interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Test Result message logger
[host imp]
When a test is called, a pointer to an ITestResult is passed in, so the
test class can output error messages
*/
class ITestResult : public FUnknown
{
public:
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
/** add an error message */
virtual void PLUGIN_API addErrorMessage (const tchar* msg) = 0;
/** add a message */
virtual void PLUGIN_API addMessage (const tchar* msg) = 0;
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
#ifdef UNICODE
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestResult, 0x69796279, 0xF651418B, 0xB24D79B7, 0xD7C527F4)
#else
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestResult, 0xCE13B461, 0x5334451D, 0xB3943E99, 0x7446885B)
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ITestSuite interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** A collection of tests supporting a hierarchical ordering
[host imp]
[create via hostclasses]
*/
class ITestSuite : public FUnknown
{
public:
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
/** append a new test */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addTest (FIDString name, ITest* test) = 0;
/** append an entire test suite as a child suite */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addTestSuite (FIDString name, ITestSuite* testSuite) = 0;
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setEnvironment (ITest* environment) = 0;
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
#ifdef UNICODE
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestSuite, 0x5CA7106F, 0x98784AA5, 0xB4D30D71, 0x2F5F1498)
#else
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestSuite, 0x81724C94, 0xE9F64F65, 0xACB104E9, 0xCC702253)
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ITestFactory interface declaration
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class factory that any testable module defines for creating tests
that will be executed from the host
- [plug imp]
*/
class ITestFactory : public FUnknown
{
public:
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
/** create the tests that this module provides.
* \param context :
* \param parentSuite : the test suite that the newly created tests
* shall register with. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API createTests (FUnknown* context, ITestSuite* parentSuite) = 0;
//--- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
#ifdef UNICODE
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestFactory, 0xAB483D3A, 0x15264650, 0xBF86EEF6, 0x9A327A93)
#else
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestFactory, 0xE77EA913, 0x58AA4838, 0x986A4620, 0x53579080)
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2006
// Description : VST Attribute Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attribute list used in IMessage and IStreamAttributes: Vst::IAttributeList
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
An attribute list associates values with a key (id: some predefined keys can be found in \ref
presetAttributes).
*/
class IAttributeList : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
typedef const char* AttrID;
/** Sets integer value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setInt (AttrID id /*in*/, int64 value /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets integer value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getInt (AttrID id /*in*/, int64& value /*out*/) = 0;
/** Sets float value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setFloat (AttrID id /*in*/, double value /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets float value. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFloat (AttrID id /*in*/, double& value /*out*/) = 0;
/** Sets string value (UTF16) (must be null-terminated!). */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setString (AttrID id /*in*/, const TChar* string /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets string value (UTF16). Note that Size is in Byte, not the string Length!
Do not forget to multiply the length by sizeof (TChar)! */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getString (AttrID id /*in*/, TChar* string /*out*/,
uint32 sizeInBytes /*in*/) = 0;
/** Sets binary data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBinary (AttrID id /*in*/, const void* data /*in*/,
uint32 sizeInBytes /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets binary data. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBinary (AttrID id /*in*/, const void*& data /*out*/,
uint32& sizeInBytes) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAttributeList, 0x1E5F0AEB, 0xCC7F4533, 0xA2544011, 0x38AD5EE4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Meta attributes of a stream: Vst::IStreamAttributes
\ingroup vstIHost vst360
- [host imp]
- [extends IBStream]
- [released: 3.6.0]
- [optional]
Interface to access preset meta information from stream, for example used in setState\getState
in order to inform the plug-in about the current context in which the preset loading\saving occurs
(Project context or Preset load\save (see \ref StateType)) or used to get the full file path of the
loaded preset (if available).
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ustring.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vstpresetkeys.h"
...
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPlugin::setState (IBStream* state)
{
FUnknownPtr<IStreamAttributes> stream (state);
if (stream)
{
if (IAttributeList* list = stream->getAttributes ())
{
// get the current type (project/Default..) of this state
String128 string;
if (list->getString (PresetAttributes::kStateType, string, 128 * sizeof (TChar)) ==
kResultTrue)
{
UString128 tmp (string);
char ascii[128];
tmp.toAscii (ascii, 128);
if (strncmp (ascii, StateType::kProject, strlen (StateType::kProject)) == 0)
{
// we are in project loading context...
}
}
// get the full file path of this state
TChar fullPath[1024];
if (list->getString (PresetAttributes::kFilePathStringType, fullPath,
1024 * sizeof (TChar)) == kResultTrue)
{
// here we have the full path ...
}
}
}
//...read the state here.....
return kResultTrue;
}
\endcode
*/
class IStreamAttributes : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets filename (without file extension) of the stream. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getFileName (String128 name /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Gets meta information list. */
virtual IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API getAttributes () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IStreamAttributes, 0xD6CE2FFC, 0xEFAF4B8C, 0x9E74F1BB, 0x12DA44B4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstaudioprocessor.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2005
// Description : VST Audio Processing Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "ivstcomponent.h"
#include "vstspeaker.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class Category Name for Audio Processor Component */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef kVstAudioEffectClass
#define kVstAudioEffectClass "Audio Module Class"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
class IEventList;
class IParameterChanges;
struct ProcessContext;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component Types used as subCategories in PClassInfo2 */
namespace PlugType
{
/**
* \defgroup plugType Plug-in Type used for subCategories
* @{ */
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFx = "Fx"; ///< others type (not categorized)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxAnalyzer = "Fx|Analyzer"; ///< Scope, FFT-Display, Loudness Processing...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxBass = "Fx|Bass"; ///< Tools dedicated to Bass Guitar
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxChannelStrip = "Fx|Channel Strip"; ///< Tools dedicated to Channel Strip
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxDelay = "Fx|Delay"; ///< Delay, Multi-tap Delay, Ping-Pong Delay...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxDistortion = "Fx|Distortion"; ///< Amp Simulator, Sub-Harmonic, SoftClipper...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxDrums = "Fx|Drums"; ///< Tools dedicated to Drums...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxDynamics = "Fx|Dynamics"; ///< Compressor, Expander, Gate, Limiter, Maximizer, Tape Simulator, EnvelopeShaper...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxEQ = "Fx|EQ"; ///< Equalization, Graphical EQ...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxFilter = "Fx|Filter"; ///< WahWah, ToneBooster, Specific Filter,...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxGenerator = "Fx|Generator"; ///< Tone Generator, Noise Generator...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxGuitar = "Fx|Guitar"; ///< Tools dedicated to Guitar
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxInstrument = "Fx|Instrument"; ///< Fx which could be loaded as Instrument too
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxInstrumentExternal = "Fx|Instrument|External"; ///< Fx which could be loaded as Instrument too and is external (wrapped Hardware)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxMastering = "Fx|Mastering"; ///< Dither, Noise Shaping,...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxMicrophone = "Fx|Microphone"; ///< Tools dedicated to Microphone
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxModulation = "Fx|Modulation"; ///< Phaser, Flanger, Chorus, Tremolo, Vibrato, AutoPan, Rotary, Cloner...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxNetwork = "Fx|Network"; ///< using Network
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxPitchShift = "Fx|Pitch Shift"; ///< Pitch Processing, Pitch Correction, Vocal Tuning...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxRestoration = "Fx|Restoration"; ///< Denoiser, Declicker,...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxReverb = "Fx|Reverb"; ///< Reverberation, Room Simulation, Convolution Reverb...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxSpatial = "Fx|Spatial"; ///< MonoToStereo, StereoEnhancer,...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxSurround = "Fx|Surround"; ///< dedicated to surround processing: LFE Splitter, Bass Manager...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxTools = "Fx|Tools"; ///< Volume, Mixer, Tuner...
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kFxVocals = "Fx|Vocals"; ///< Tools dedicated to Vocals
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrument = "Instrument"; ///< Effect used as instrument (sound generator), not as insert
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentDrum = "Instrument|Drum"; ///< Instrument for Drum sounds
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentExternal = "Instrument|External";///< External Instrument (wrapped Hardware)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentPiano = "Instrument|Piano"; ///< Instrument for Piano sounds
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentSampler = "Instrument|Sampler"; ///< Instrument based on Samples
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentSynth = "Instrument|Synth"; ///< Instrument based on Synthesis
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kInstrumentSynthSampler = "Instrument|Synth|Sampler"; ///< Instrument based on Synthesis and Samples
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kAmbisonics = "Ambisonics"; ///< used for Ambisonics channel (FX or Panner/Mixconverter/Up-Mixer/Down-Mixer when combined with other category)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kAnalyzer = "Analyzer"; ///< Meter, Scope, FFT-Display, not selectable as insert plug-in
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kNoOfflineProcess = "NoOfflineProcess"; ///< will be NOT used for plug-in offline processing (will work as normal insert plug-in)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kOnlyARA = "OnlyARA"; ///< used for plug-ins that require ARA to operate (will not work as normal insert plug-in)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kOnlyOfflineProcess = "OnlyOfflineProcess"; ///< used for plug-in offline processing (will not work as normal insert plug-in)
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kOnlyRealTime = "OnlyRT"; ///< indicates that it supports only realtime process call, no processing faster than realtime
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kSpatial = "Spatial"; ///< used for SurroundPanner
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kSpatialFx = "Spatial|Fx"; ///< used for SurroundPanner and as insert effect
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kUpDownMix = "Up-Downmix"; ///< used for Mixconverter/Up-Mixer/Down-Mixer
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kMono = "Mono"; ///< used for Mono only plug-in [optional]
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kStereo = "Stereo"; ///< used for Stereo only plug-in [optional]
SMTG_CONSTEXPR const CString kSurround = "Surround"; ///< used for Surround only plug-in [optional]
/**@}*/
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component Flags used as classFlags in PClassInfo2 */
enum ComponentFlags
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
kDistributable = 1 << 0, ///< Component can be run on remote computer
kSimpleModeSupported = 1 << 1 ///< Component supports simple IO mode (or works in simple mode anyway) see \ref vst3IoMode
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Symbolic sample size.
* \see ProcessSetup, ProcessData
*/
enum SymbolicSampleSizes
{
kSample32, ///< 32-bit precision
kSample64 ///< 64-bit precision
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Processing mode informs the plug-in about the context and at which frequency the process call is
* called.
* .
* VST3 defines 3 modes:
*
* - kRealtime: each process call is called at a realtime frequency (defined by [numSamples of
* ProcessData] / samplerate). The plug-in should always try to process as fast as possible in order
* to let enough time slice to other plug-ins.
*
* - kPrefetch: each process call could be called at a variable frequency (jitter, slower /
* faster than realtime), the plug-in should process at the same quality level than realtime,
* plug-in must not slow down to realtime (e.g. disk streaming)! The host should avoid to process in
* kPrefetch mode such sampler based plug-in.
*
* - kOffline: each process call could be faster than realtime or slower, higher quality than
* realtime could be used. plug-ins using disk streaming should be sure that they have enough time
* in the process call for streaming, if needed by slowing down to realtime or slower.
* .
* Note about Process Modes switching:
* - Switching between kRealtime and kPrefetch process modes are done in realtime thread without
* need of calling IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing, the plug-in should check in process call the
* member processMode of ProcessData in order to know in which mode it is processed.
* - Switching between kRealtime (or kPrefetch) and kOffline requires that the host calls
* IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing in order to inform the plug-in about this mode change.
* .
* \see ProcessSetup, ProcessData
*/
enum ProcessModes
{
kRealtime, ///< realtime processing
kPrefetch, ///< prefetch processing
kOffline ///< offline processing
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** kNoTail
*
* to be returned by getTailSamples when no tail is wanted
* \see IAudioProcessor::getTailSamples
*/
static const uint32 kNoTail = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** kInfiniteTail
*
* to be returned by getTailSamples when infinite tail is wanted
* \see IAudioProcessor::getTailSamples
*/
static const uint32 kInfiniteTail = kMaxInt32u;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing setup.
* \see IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing
*/
struct ProcessSetup
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 processMode; ///< \ref ProcessModes
int32 symbolicSampleSize; ///< \ref SymbolicSampleSizes
int32 maxSamplesPerBlock; ///< maximum number of samples per audio block
SampleRate sampleRate; ///< sample rate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Processing buffers of an audio bus.
This structure contains the processing buffer for each channel of an audio bus.
- The number of channels (numChannels) must always match the current bus arrangement. It could be
set to value '0' when the host wants to flush the parameters (when the plug-in is not processed).
- The size of the channel buffer array must always match the number of channels. So the host must
always supply an array for the channel buffers, regardless if the bus is active or not. However, if
an audio bus is currently inactive, the actual sample buffer addresses are safe to be null.
- The silence flag is set when every sample of the according buffer has the value '0'. It is
intended to be used as help for optimizations allowing a plug-in to reduce processing activities.
But even if this flag is set for a channel, the channel buffers must still point to valid memory!
This flag is optional. A host is free to support it or not.
.
\see ProcessData
*/
struct AudioBusBuffers
{
AudioBusBuffers () : numChannels (0), silenceFlags (0), channelBuffers64 (nullptr) {}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 numChannels; ///< number of audio channels in bus
uint64 silenceFlags; ///< Bitset of silence state per channel
union
{
Sample32** channelBuffers32; ///< sample buffers to process with 32-bit precision
Sample64** channelBuffers64; ///< sample buffers to process with 64-bit precision
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Any data needed in audio processing.
* The host prepares AudioBusBuffers for each input/output bus,
* regardless of the bus activation state. Bus buffer indices always match
* with bus indices used in IComponent::getBusInfo of media type kAudio.
* \see AudioBusBuffers, IParameterChanges, IEventList, ProcessContext, IProcessContextRequirements
*/
struct ProcessData
{
ProcessData ()
: processMode (0)
, symbolicSampleSize (kSample32)
, numSamples (0)
, numInputs (0)
, numOutputs (0)
, inputs (nullptr)
, outputs (nullptr)
, inputParameterChanges (nullptr)
, outputParameterChanges (nullptr)
, inputEvents (nullptr)
, outputEvents (nullptr)
, processContext (nullptr)
{
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
int32 processMode; ///< processing mode - value of \ref ProcessModes
int32 symbolicSampleSize; ///< sample size - value of \ref SymbolicSampleSizes
int32 numSamples; ///< number of samples to process
int32 numInputs; ///< number of audio input busses
int32 numOutputs; ///< number of audio output busses
AudioBusBuffers* inputs; ///< buffers of input busses
AudioBusBuffers* outputs; ///< buffers of output busses
IParameterChanges* inputParameterChanges; ///< incoming parameter changes for this block
IParameterChanges* outputParameterChanges; ///< outgoing parameter changes for this block (optional)
IEventList* inputEvents; ///< incoming events for this block (optional)
IEventList* outputEvents; ///< outgoing events for this block (optional)
ProcessContext* processContext; ///< processing context (optional, but most welcome)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing interface: Vst::IAudioProcessor
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface must always be supported by audio processing plug-ins.
*/
class IAudioProcessor : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Try to set (host => plug-in) a wanted arrangement for inputs and outputs.
* The host should always deliver the same number of input and output busses than the plug-in
* needs (see \ref IComponent::getBusCount). The plug-in has 3 possibilities to react on this
* setBusArrangements call:\n
*
* 1. The plug-in accepts these arrangements, then it should modify, if needed, its busses to
* match these new arrangements (later on asked by the host with IComponent::getBusInfo () or
* IAudioProcessor::getBusArrangement ()) and then should return kResultTrue.\n
*
* 2. The plug-in does not accept or support these requested arrangements for all
* inputs/outputs or just for some or only one bus, but the plug-in can try to adapt its
* current arrangements according to the requested ones (requested arrangements for kMain busses
* should be handled with more priority than the ones for kAux busses), then it should modify
* its busses arrangements and should return kResultFalse.\n
*
* 3. Same than the point 2 above the plug-in does not support these requested arrangements but
* the plug-in cannot find corresponding arrangements, the plug-in could keep its current
* arrangement or fall back to a default arrangement by modifying its busses arrangements and
* should return kResultFalse.\n
*
* \param inputs pointer to an array of \ref SpeakerArrangement
* \param numIns number of \ref SpeakerArrangement in inputs array
* \param outputs pointer to an array of \ref SpeakerArrangement
* \param numOuts number of \ref SpeakerArrangement in outputs array
* Returns kResultTrue when Arrangements is supported and is the current one, else returns
* kResultFalse.
*
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setBusArrangements (SpeakerArrangement* inputs /*in*/,
int32 numIns /*in*/,
SpeakerArrangement* outputs /*in*/,
int32 numOuts /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets the bus arrangement for a given direction (input/output) and index.
* Note: IComponent::getBusInfo () and IAudioProcessor::getBusArrangement () should be always
* return the same information about the busses arrangements.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done | Activated | Processing] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBusArrangement (BusDirection dir /*in*/, int32 index /*in*/,
SpeakerArrangement& arr /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Asks if a given sample size is supported see \ref SymbolicSampleSizes.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API canProcessSampleSize (int32 symbolicSampleSize /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets the current Latency in samples.
* The returned value defines the group delay or the latency of the plug-in. For example, if
* the plug-in internally needs to look in advance (like compressors) 512 samples then this
* plug-in should report 512 as latency. If during the use of the plug-in this latency change,
* the plug-in has to inform the host by using IComponentHandler::restartComponent
* (kLatencyChanged), this could lead to audio playback interruption because the host has to
* recompute its internal mixer delay compensation. Note that for player live recording this
* latency should be zero or small.
* \note [UI-thread & Setup Done] */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getLatencySamples () = 0;
/** Called in disable state (setActive not called with true) before setProcessing is called and
* processing will begin.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)]] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setupProcessing (ProcessSetup& setup /*in*/) = 0;
/** Informs the plug-in about the processing state. This will be called before any process calls
* start with true and after with false.
* Note that setProcessing (false) may be called after setProcessing (true) without any process
* calls.
* Note this function could be called in the UI or in Processing Thread, thats why the plug-in
* should only light operation (no memory allocation or big setup reconfiguration),
* this could be used to reset some buffers (like Delay line or Reverb).
* The host has to be sure that it is called only when the plug-in is enable (setActive (true)
* was called).
* \note [(UI-thread or processing-thread) & Activated] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setProcessing (TBool state /*in*/) = 0;
/** The Process call, where all information (parameter changes, event, audio buffer) are passed.
* \note [processing-thread & Processing] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API process (ProcessData& data /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets tail size in samples. For example, if the plug-in is a Reverb plug-in and it knows that
* the maximum length of the Reverb is 2sec, then it has to return in getTailSamples ()
* (in VST2 it was getGetTailSize ()): 2*sampleRate.
* This information could be used by host for offline processing, process optimization and
* downmix (avoiding signal cut (clicks)).
* It should return:
* - kNoTail when no tail
* - x * sampleRate when x Sec tail.
* - kInfiniteTail when infinite tail.
*
* \note [UI-thread & Setup Done] */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getTailSamples () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAudioProcessor, 0x42043F99, 0xB7DA453C, 0xA569E79D, 0x9AAEC33D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended IAudioProcessor interface for a component: Vst::IAudioPresentationLatency
\ingroup vstIPlug vst310
- [plug imp]
- [extends IAudioProcessor]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
Inform the plug-in about how long from the moment of generation/acquiring (from file or from Input)
it will take for its input to arrive, and how long it will take for its output to be presented (to
output or to speaker).
Note for Input Presentation Latency: when reading from file, the first plug-in will have an input
presentation latency set to zero. When monitoring audio input from an audio device, the initial
input latency is the input latency of the audio device itself.
Note for Output Presentation Latency: when writing to a file, the last plug-in will have an output
presentation latency set to zero. When the output of this plug-in is connected to an audio device,
the initial output latency is the output latency of the audio device itself.
A value of zero either means no latency or an unknown latency.
Each plug-in adding a latency (returning a none zero value for IAudioProcessor::getLatencySamples)
will modify the input presentation latency of the next plug-ins in the mixer routing graph and will
modify the output presentation latency of the previous plug-ins.
\n
\image html "iaudiopresentationlatency_usage.png"
\n
\see IAudioProcessor
\see IComponent
*/
class IAudioPresentationLatency : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Informs the plug-in about the Audio Presentation Latency in samples for a given direction
* (kInput/kOutput) and bus index.
* \note [UI-thread & Activated] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setAudioPresentationLatencySamples (
BusDirection dir /*in*/, int32 busIndex /*in*/, uint32 latencyInSamples /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAudioPresentationLatency, 0x309ECE78, 0xEB7D4fae, 0x8B2225D9, 0x09FD08B6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended IAudioProcessor interface for a component: Vst::IProcessContextRequirements
\ingroup vstIPlug vst370
- [plug imp]
- [extends IAudioProcessor]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [mandatory]
To get accurate process context information (Vst::ProcessContext), it is now required to implement
this interface and return the desired bit mask of flags which your audio effect needs. If you do not
implement this interface, you may not get any information at all of the process function!
The host asks for this information once between initialize and setActive (in Setup Done). It cannot
be changed afterwards.
This gives the host the opportunity to better optimize the audio process graph when it knows which
plug-ins need which information.
Plug-ins built with an earlier SDK version (< 3.7) will still get the old information, but the
information may not be as accurate as when using this interface.
*/
class IProcessContextRequirements : public FUnknown
{
public:
enum Flags
{
kNeedSystemTime = 1 << 0, // kSystemTimeValid
kNeedContinousTimeSamples = 1 << 1, // kContTimeValid
kNeedProjectTimeMusic = 1 << 2, // kProjectTimeMusicValid
kNeedBarPositionMusic = 1 << 3, // kBarPositionValid
kNeedCycleMusic = 1 << 4, // kCycleValid
kNeedSamplesToNextClock = 1 << 5, // kClockValid
kNeedTempo = 1 << 6, // kTempoValid
kNeedTimeSignature = 1 << 7, // kTimeSigValid
kNeedChord = 1 << 8, // kChordValid
kNeedFrameRate = 1 << 9, // kSmpteValid
kNeedTransportState = 1 << 10, // kPlaying, kCycleActive, kRecording
};
/** Allows the host to ask the plug-in what is really needed for the process context information
* (Vst::ProcessContext).
* \note [UI-thread & Setup Done] */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getProcessContextRequirements () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProcessContextRequirements, 0x2A654303, 0xEF764E3D, 0x95B5FE83, 0x730EF6D0)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstautomationstate.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2015
// Description : VST Automation State Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController: Vst::IAutomationState
\ingroup vstIPlug vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Hosts can inform the plug-in about its current automation state (Read/Write/Nothing).
*/
class IAutomationState : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum AutomationStates : int32
{
kNoAutomation = 0, ///< Not Read and not Write
kReadState = 1 << 0, ///< Read state
kWriteState = 1 << 1, ///< Write state
kReadWriteState = kReadState | kWriteState, ///< Read and Write enable
};
/** Sets the current Automation state.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setAutomationState (int32 state /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IAutomationState, 0xB4E8287F, 0x1BB346AA, 0x83A46667, 0x68937BAB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstchannelcontextinfo.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2014
// Description : VST Channel Context Info Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
/** For Channel Context Info Interface */
namespace ChannelContext {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Channel context interface: Vst::IInfoListener
\ingroup vstIHost vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Allows the host to inform the plug-in about the context in which the plug-in is instantiated,
mainly channel based info (color, name, index,...). Index can be defined inside a namespace
(for example, index start from 1 to N for Type Input/Output Channel (Index namespace) and index
start from 1 to M for Type Audio Channel).\n
As soon as the plug-in provides this IInfoListener interface, the host will call setChannelContextInfos
for each change occurring to this channel (new name, new color, new indexation,...)
\section IChannelContextExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPlugin::setChannelContextInfos (IAttributeList* list)
{
if (list)
{
// optional we can ask for the Channel Name Length
int64 length;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelNameLengthKey, length) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel Name where we, as plug-in, are instantiated
String128 name;
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelNameKey, name, sizeof (name)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel UID
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelUIDKey, name, sizeof (name)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get Channel RuntimeID
int64 runtimeId;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelRuntimeIDKey, runtimeId) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get Channel Index
int64 index;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexKey, index) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the Channel Color
int64 color;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelColorKey, color) == kResultTrue)
{
uint32 channelColor = (uint32)color;
String str;
str.printf ("%x%x%x%x", ChannelContext::GetAlpha (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetRed (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetGreen (channelColor),
ChannelContext::GetBlue (channelColor));
String128 string128;
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii (str);
...
}
// get Channel Index Namespace Order of the current used index namespace
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceOrderKey, index) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the channel Index Namespace Length
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceLengthKey, length) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get the channel Index Namespace
String128 namespaceName;
if (list->getString (ChannelContext::kChannelIndexNamespaceKey, namespaceName, sizeof (namespaceName)) == kResultTrue)
{
...
}
// get plug-in Channel Location
int64 location;
if (list->getInt (ChannelContext::kChannelPluginLocationKey, location) == kResultTrue)
{
String128 string128;
switch (location)
{
case ChannelContext::kPreVolumeFader:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("PreVolFader");
break;
case ChannelContext::kPostVolumeFader:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("PostVolFader");
break;
case ChannelContext::kUsedAsPanner:
Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("UsedAsPanner");
break;
default: Steinberg::UString (string128, 128).fromAscii ("unknown!");
break;
}
}
// do not forget to call addRef () if you want to keep this list
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IInfoListener : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Receive the channel context infos from host.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done | Activated | Processing)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setChannelContextInfos (IAttributeList* list /*in*/) = 0;
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInfoListener, 0x0F194781, 0x8D984ADA, 0xBBA0C1EF, 0xC011D8D0)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Values used for kChannelPluginLocationKey */
enum ChannelPluginLocation
{
kPreVolumeFader = 0,
kPostVolumeFader,
kUsedAsPanner
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Colors
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** ARGB (Alpha-Red-Green-Blue) */
typedef uint32 ColorSpec;
typedef uint8 ColorComponent;
/**@}*/
/** Returns the Blue part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetBlue (ColorSpec cs)
{
return (ColorComponent) (cs & 0x000000FF);
}
/** Returns the Green part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetGreen (ColorSpec cs)
{
return (ColorComponent) ((cs >> 8) & 0x000000FF);
}
/** Returns the Red part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetRed (ColorSpec cs)
{
return (ColorComponent) ((cs >> 16) & 0x000000FF);
}
/** Returns the Alpha part of the given ColorSpec */
inline ColorComponent GetAlpha (ColorSpec cs)
{
return (ColorComponent) ((cs >> 24) & 0x000000FF);
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Keys used as AttrID (Attribute ID) in the return IAttributeList of
* IInfoListener::setChannelContextInfos */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** string (TChar) [optional]: unique id string used to identify a channel */
const CString kChannelUIDKey = "channel uid";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelUIDKey */
const CString kChannelUIDLengthKey = "channel uid length";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: runtime id to identify a channel (may change when reloading project)
*/
const CString kChannelRuntimeIDKey = "channel runtime id";
/** string (TChar) [optional]: name of the channel like displayed in the mixer */
const CString kChannelNameKey = "channel name";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelNameKey */
const CString kChannelNameLengthKey = "channel name length";
/** color (ColorSpec) [optional]: used color for the channel in mixer or track */
const CString kChannelColorKey = "channel color";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: index of the channel in a channel index namespace,
* start with 1 not 0! */
const CString kChannelIndexKey = "channel index";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: define the order of the current used index namespace,
* start with 1 not 0!
* For example:
* index namespace is "Input" -> order 1,
* index namespace is "Channel" -> order 2,
* index namespace is "Output" -> order 3
*/
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceOrderKey = "channel index namespace order";
/** string (TChar) [optional]: name of the channel index namespace
* for example "Input", "Output","Channel", ...
*/
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceKey = "channel index namespace";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: number of characters in kChannelIndexNamespaceKey */
const CString kChannelIndexNamespaceLengthKey = "channel index namespace length";
/** PNG image representation as binary [optional] */
const CString kChannelImageKey = "channel image";
/** integer (int64) [optional]: routing position of the plug-in in the channel
* (see ChannelPluginLocation)
*/
const CString kChannelPluginLocationKey = "channel plugin location";
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace ChannelContext
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+218
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : Basic VST Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** All VST specific interfaces are located in Vst namespace */
namespace Vst {
/** Standard value for PFactoryInfo::flags */
const int32 kDefaultFactoryFlags = PFactoryInfo::kUnicode;
#define BEGIN_FACTORY_DEF(vendor,url,email) using namespace Steinberg; \
SMTG_EXPORT_SYMBOL IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API GetPluginFactory () { \
if (!gPluginFactory) \
{ \
static PFactoryInfo factoryInfo (vendor, url, email, Vst::kDefaultFactoryFlags); \
gPluginFactory = new CPluginFactory (factoryInfo);
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vstBus VST busses
Bus Description
A bus can be understood as a "collection of data channels" belonging together.
It describes a data input or a data output of the plug-in.
A VST component can define any desired number of busses.
Dynamic usage of busses is handled in the host by activating and deactivating busses.
All busses are initially inactive.
The component has to define the maximum number of supported busses and it has to
define which of them have to be activated by default after instantiation of the plug-in (This is
only a wish, the host is allow to not follow it, and only activate the first bus for example).
A host that can handle multiple busses, allows the user to activate busses which are initially all inactive.
The kMain busses have to place before any others kAux busses.
See also: IComponent::getBusInfo, IComponent::activateBus
*/
/**@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus media types */
enum MediaTypes
{
kAudio = 0, ///< audio
kEvent, ///< events
kNumMediaTypes
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus directions */
enum BusDirections
{
kInput = 0, ///< input bus
kOutput ///< output bus
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Bus types */
enum BusTypes
{
kMain = 0, ///< main bus
kAux ///< auxiliary bus (sidechain)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** BusInfo:
This is the structure used with getBusInfo, informing the host about what is a specific given bus.
\n See also: Steinberg::Vst::IComponent::getBusInfo
*/
struct BusInfo
{
MediaType mediaType; ///< Media type - has to be a value of \ref MediaTypes
BusDirection direction; ///< input or output \ref BusDirections
int32 channelCount; ///< number of channels (if used then need to be recheck after \ref
/// IAudioProcessor::setBusArrangements is called).
/// For a bus of type MediaTypes::kEvent the channelCount corresponds
/// to the number of supported MIDI channels by this bus
String128 name; ///< name of the bus
BusType busType; ///< main or aux - has to be a value of \ref BusTypes
uint32 flags; ///< flags - a combination of \ref BusFlags
enum BusFlags
{
/** The bus should be activated by the host per default on instantiation (activateBus call is requested).
By default a bus is inactive. */
kDefaultActive = 1 << 0,
/** The bus does not contain ordinary audio data, but data used for control changes at sample rate.
The data is in the same format as the audio data [-1..1].
A host has to prevent unintended routing to speakers to prevent damage.
Only valid for audio media type busses.
[released: 3.7.0] */
kIsControlVoltage = 1 << 1
};
};
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** I/O modes */
enum IoModes
{
kSimple = 0, ///< 1:1 Input / Output. Only used for Instruments. See \ref vst3IoMode
kAdvanced, ///< n:m Input / Output. Only used for Instruments.
kOfflineProcessing ///< plug-in used in an offline processing context
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Routing Information:
When the plug-in supports multiple I/O busses, a host may want to know how the busses are related. The
relation of an event-input-channel to an audio-output-bus in particular is of interest to the host
(in order to relate MIDI-tracks to audio-channels)
\n See also: IComponent::getRoutingInfo, \ref vst3Routing
*/
struct RoutingInfo
{
MediaType mediaType; ///< media type see \ref MediaTypes
int32 busIndex; ///< bus index
int32 channel; ///< channel (-1 for all channels)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IComponent Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component base interface: Vst::IComponent
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This is the basic interface for a VST component and must always be supported.
It contains the common parts of any kind of processing class. The parts that
are specific to a media type are defined in a separate interface. An implementation
component must provide both the specific interface and IComponent.
\see IPluginBase
*/
class IComponent : public IPluginBase
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Called before initializing the component to get information about the controller class.
* \note [UI-thread & Created] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getControllerClassId (TUID classId /*out*/) = 0;
/** Called before 'initialize' to set the component usage (optional). See \ref IoModes.
* \note [UI-thread & Created] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setIoMode (IoMode mode /*in*/) = 0;
/** Called after the plug-in is initialized. See \ref MediaTypes, BusDirections.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getBusCount (MediaType type /*in*/, BusDirection dir /*in*/) = 0;
/** Called after the plug-in is initialized. See \ref MediaTypes, BusDirections.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getBusInfo (MediaType type /*in*/, BusDirection dir /*in*/,
int32 index /*in*/, BusInfo& bus /*out*/) = 0;
/** Retrieves routing information (to be implemented when more than one regular input or output
* bus exists). The inInfo always refers to an input bus while the returned outInfo must refer
* to an output bus!
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getRoutingInfo (RoutingInfo& inInfo /*in*/,
RoutingInfo& outInfo /*out*/) = 0;
/** Called upon (de-)activating a bus in the host application. The plug-in should only processed
* an activated bus, the host could provide less see \ref AudioBusBuffers in the process call
* (see \ref IAudioProcessor::process) if last busses are not activated. An already activated
* bus does not need to be reactivated after a IAudioProcessor::setBusArrangements call.
* \note [UI-thread & Setup Done] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API activateBus (MediaType type /*in*/, BusDirection dir /*in*/,
int32 index /*in*/, TBool state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Activates / deactivates the component.
* \note [UI-thread & Setup Done] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setActive (TBool state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Sets complete state of component.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done | Activated | Processing)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Retrieves complete state of component.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done | Activated | Processing)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state /*inout*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponent, 0xE831FF31, 0xF2D54301, 0x928EBBEE, 0x25697802)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcontextmenu.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2010
// Description : VST Context Menu Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugView;
namespace Vst {
class IContextMenu;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface Vst::IComponentHandler3 for an edit controller.
\ingroup vstIHost vst350
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A plug-in can ask the host to create a context menu for a given exported parameter ID or a generic
context menu.\n
The host may pre-fill this context menu with specific items regarding the parameter ID like "Show
automation for parameter", "MIDI learn" etc...\n
The plug-in can use the context menu in two ways :
- add its own items to the menu via the IContextMenu interface and call IContextMenu::popup(..) to
create the pop-up. See the \ref IContextMenuExample.
- extract the host menu items and add them to a context menu created by the plug-in.
\b Note: You can and should use this even if you do not add your own items to the menu as this is
considered to be a big user value.
\sa IContextMenu
\sa IContextMenuTarget
\section IContextMenuExample Examples
- For example, Cubase adds its owned entries in the context menu opened with right-click on an
exported parameter when the plug-in uses createContextMenu. \image html "contextmenuexample.png" \n
- Adding plug-in specific items to the context menu:
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class PluginContextMenuTarget : public IContextMenuTarget, public FObject
{
public:
PluginContextMenuTarget () {}
tresult PLUGIN_API executeMenuItem (int32 tag) override
{
// this will be called if the user has executed one of the menu items of the plug-in.
// It will not be called for items of the host.
switch (tag)
{
case 1: break;
case 2: break;
}
return kResultTrue;
}
OBJ_METHODS(PluginContextMenuTarget, FObject)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IContextMenuTarget)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (FObject)
REFCOUNT_METHODS(FObject)
};
// The following is the code to create the context menu
void popupContextMenu (IComponentHandler* componentHandler, IPlugView* view, const ParamID* paramID,
UCoord x, UCoord y)
{
if (componentHandler == 0 || view == 0)
return;
FUnknownPtr<IComponentHandler3> handler (componentHandler);
if (handler == 0)
return;
if (IContextMenu* menu = handler->createContextMenu (view, paramID))
{
// here you can add your entries (optional)
PluginContextMenuTarget* target = new PluginContextMenuTarget ();
IContextMenu::Item item = {0};
UString128 ("My Item 1").copyTo (item.name, 128);
item.tag = 1;
menu->addItem (item, target);
UString128 ("My Item 2").copyTo (item.name, 128);
item.tag = 2;
menu->addItem (item, target);
target->release ();
//--end of adding new entries
// here the the context menu will be pop-up (and it waits a user interaction)
menu->popup (x, y);
menu->release ();
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IComponentHandler3 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Creates a host context menu for a plug-in:
* - If paramID is zero, the host may create a generic context menu.
* - The IPlugView object must be valid.
* - The return IContextMenu object needs to be released afterwards by the plug-in.
*
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected) & plugView] */
virtual IContextMenu* PLUGIN_API createContextMenu (IPlugView* plugView /*in*/,
const ParamID* paramID /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler3, 0x69F11617, 0xD26B400D, 0xA4B6B964, 0x7B6EBBAB)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Context Menu Item Target interface: Vst::IContextMenuTarget
\ingroup vstIHost vstIPlug vst350
- [host imp]
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A receiver of a menu item should implement this interface, which will be called after the user has selected
this menu item.
\see IComponentHandler3 for more information.
*/
class IContextMenuTarget : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called when an menu item was executed.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected) & plugView] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API executeMenuItem (int32 tag /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IContextMenuTarget, 0x3CDF2E75, 0x85D34144, 0xBF86D36B, 0xD7C4894D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** IContextMenuItem is an entry element of the context menu. */
struct IContextMenuItem
{
String128 name; ///< Name of the item
int32 tag; ///< Identifier tag of the item
int32 flags; ///< Flags of the item
enum Flags {
kIsSeparator = 1 << 0, ///< Item is a separator
kIsDisabled = 1 << 1, ///< Item is disabled
kIsChecked = 1 << 2, ///< Item is checked
kIsGroupStart = 1 << 3 | kIsDisabled, ///< Item is a group start (like sub folder)
kIsGroupEnd = 1 << 4 | kIsSeparator, ///< Item is a group end
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Context Menu interface: Vst::IContextMenu
\ingroup vstIHost vst350
- [host imp]
- [create with IComponentHandler3::createContextMenu(..)]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A context menu is composed of Item (entry). A Item is defined by a name, a tag, a flag
and a associated target (called when this item will be selected/executed).
With IContextMenu the plug-in can retrieve a Item, add a Item, remove a Item and pop-up the menu.
\see IComponentHandler3 for more information.
*/
class IContextMenu : public FUnknown
{
public:
typedef IContextMenuItem Item;
/** Gets the number of menu items.
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getItemCount () = 0;
/** Gets a menu item and its target (target could be not assigned).
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getItem (int32 index /*in*/, Item& item /*out*/,
IContextMenuTarget** target /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a menu item and its target.
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addItem (const Item& item /*in*/,
IContextMenuTarget* target /*in*/) = 0;
/** Removes a menu item.
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API removeItem (const Item& item /*in*/,
IContextMenuTarget* target /*in*/) = 0;
/** Pop-ups the menu. Coordinates are relative to the top-left position of the plug-ins view.
* \note [UI-thread] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API popup (UCoord x /*in*/, UCoord y /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IContextMenu, 0x2E93C863, 0x0C9C4588, 0x97DBECF5, 0xAD17817D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstdataexchange.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 06/2022
// Description : VST Data Exchange Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class IAudioProcessor;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
typedef uint32 DataExchangeQueueID;
typedef uint32 DataExchangeBlockID;
typedef uint32 DataExchangeUserContextID;
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR DataExchangeQueueID InvalidDataExchangeQueueID = kMaxInt32;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR DataExchangeBlockID InvalidDataExchangeBlockID = kMaxInt32;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct DataExchangeBlock
{
/** pointer to the memory buffer */
void* data;
/** size of the memory buffer */
uint32 size;
/** block identifier */
DataExchangeBlockID blockID;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host Data Exchange handler interface: Vst::IDataExchangeHandler
\ingroup vstHost vst379
- [host imp]
- [context interface]
- [released: 3.7.9]
- [optional]
The IDataExchangeHandler implements a direct and thread-safe connection from the realtime
audio context of the audio processor to the non-realtime audio context of the edit controller.
This should be used when the edit controller needs continuous data from the audio process for
visualization or other use-cases. To circumvent the bottleneck on the main thread it is possible
to configure the connection in a way that the calls to the edit controller will happen on a
background thread.
Opening a queue:
The main operation for a plug-in is to open a queue via the handler before the plug-in is activated
(but it must be connected to the edit controller via the IConnectionPoint when the plug-in is using
the recommended separation of edit controller and audio processor). The best place to do this is in
the IAudioProcessor::setupProcessing method as this is also the place where the plug-in knows the
sample rate and maximum block size which the plug-in may need to calculate the queue block size.
When a queue is opened the edit controller gets a notification about it and the controller can
decide if it wishes to receive the data on the main thread or the background thread.
Sending data:
In the IAudioProcessor::process call the plug-in can now lock a block from the handler, fill it and
when done free the block via the handler which then sends the block to the edit controller. The edit
controller then receives the block either on the main thread or on a background thread depending on
the setup of the queue.
The host guarantees that all blocks are send before the plug-in is deactivated.
Closing a queue:
The audio processor must close an opened queue and this has to be done after the processor was
deactivated and before it is disconnected from the edit controller (see IConnectionPoint).
What to do when the queue is full and no block can be locked?
The plug-in needs to be prepared for this situation as constraints in the overall system may cause
the queue to get full. If you need to get this information to the controller you can declare a
hidden parameter which you set to a special value and send this parameter change in your audio
process method.
*/
class IDataExchangeHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** open a new queue
*
* only allowed to be called from the main thread when the component is not active but
* initialized and connected (see IConnectionPoint)
*
* @param processor the processor who wants to open the queue
* @param blockSize size of one block
* @param numBlocks number of blocks in the queue
* @param alignment data alignment, if zero will use the platform default alignment if any
* @param userContextID an identifier internal to the processor
* @param outID on return the ID of the queue
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API openQueue (IAudioProcessor* processor, uint32 blockSize,
uint32 numBlocks, uint32 alignment,
DataExchangeUserContextID userContextID,
DataExchangeQueueID* outID) = 0;
/** close a queue
*
* closes and frees all memory of a previously opened queue
* if there are locked blocks in the queue, they are freed and made invalid
*
* only allowed to be called from the main thread when the component is not active but
* initialized and connected
*
* @param queueID the ID of the queue to close
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API closeQueue (DataExchangeQueueID queueID) = 0;
/** lock a block if available
*
* only allowed to be called from within the IAudioProcessor::process call
*
* @param queueID the ID of the queue
* @param block on return will contain the data pointer and size of the block
* @return kResultTrue if a free block was found and kOutOfMemory if all blocks are locked
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API lockBlock (DataExchangeQueueID queueId,
DataExchangeBlock* block) = 0;
/** free a previously locked block
*
* only allowed to be called from within the IAudioProcessor::process call
*
* @param queueID the ID of the queue
* @param blockID the ID of the block
* @param sendToController if true the block data will be send to the IEditController otherwise
* it will be discarded
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API freeBlock (DataExchangeQueueID queueId, DataExchangeBlockID blockID,
TBool sendToController) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IDataExchangeHandler, 0x36D551BD, 0x6FF54F08, 0xB48E830D, 0x8BD5A03B)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Data Exchange Receiver interface: Vst::IDataExchangeReceiver
\ingroup vstPlug vst379
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.7.9
- [optional]
The receiver interface is required to receive data from the realtime audio process via the
IDataExchangeHandler.
\see \ref IDataExchangeHandler
*/
class IDataExchangeReceiver : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** queue opened notification
*
* called on the main thread when the processor has opened a queue
*
* @param userContextID the user context ID of the queue
* @param blockSize the size of one block of the queue
* @param dispatchedOnBackgroundThread if true on output the blocks are dispatched on a
* background thread [defaults to false in which case the
* blocks are dispatched on the main thread]
*/
virtual void PLUGIN_API queueOpened (DataExchangeUserContextID userContextID, uint32 blockSize,
TBool& dispatchOnBackgroundThread) = 0;
/** queue closed notification
*
* called on the main thread when the processor has closed a queue
*
* @param userContextID the user context ID of the queue
*/
virtual void PLUGIN_API queueClosed (DataExchangeUserContextID userContextID) = 0;
/** one or more blocks were received
*
* called either on the main thread or a background thread depending on the
* dispatchOnBackgroundThread value in the queueOpened call.
*
* the data of the blocks are only valid inside this call and the blocks only become available
* to the queue afterwards.
*
* @param userContextID the user context ID of the queue
* @param numBlocks number of blocks
* @param blocks the blocks
* @param onBackgroundThread true if the call is done on a background thread
*/
virtual void PLUGIN_API onDataExchangeBlocksReceived (DataExchangeUserContextID userContextID,
uint32 numBlocks,
DataExchangeBlock* blocks,
TBool onBackgroundThread) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IDataExchangeReceiver, 0x45A759DC, 0x84FA4907, 0xABCB6175, 0x2FC786B6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2005
// Description : VST Edit Controller Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/ipluginbase.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Class Category Name for Controller Component */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef kVstComponentControllerClass
#define kVstComponentControllerClass "Component Controller Class"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IPlugView;
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Controller Parameter Info.
* A parameter info describes a parameter of the controller.
* The id must always be the same for a parameter as this uniquely identifies the parameter.
*/
struct ParameterInfo
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
ParamID id; ///< unique identifier of this parameter (named tag too)
String128 title; ///< parameter title (e.g. "Volume")
String128 shortTitle; ///< parameter shortTitle (e.g. "Vol")
String128 units; ///< parameter unit (e.g. "dB")
int32 stepCount; ///< number of discrete steps (0: continuous, 1: toggle, discrete value
/// otherwise (corresponding to max - min, for example:
/// 127 for min = 0 and max = 127) - see \ref vst3ParameterIntro)
ParamValue defaultNormalizedValue; ///< default normalized value [0,1]
/// in case of discrete value:
/// defaultNormalizedValue = defDiscreteValue/stepCount
UnitID unitId; ///< id of unit this parameter belongs to (see \ref vst3Units)
int32 flags; ///< ParameterFlags (see below)
/** Parameter flags
*
* Note that all non defined bits are reserved for future use!
*/
enum ParameterFlags : int32
{
/** No flags wanted.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kNoFlags = 0,
/** Parameter can be automated.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kCanAutomate = 1 << 0,
/** Parameter cannot be changed from outside the plug-in
* (implies that kCanAutomate is NOT set).
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kIsReadOnly = 1 << 1,
/** Attempts to set the parameter value out of the limits will result in a wrap around.
* [SDK 3.0.2] */
kIsWrapAround = 1 << 2,
/** Parameter should be displayed as list in generic editor or automation editing.
* [SDK 3.1.0] */
kIsList = 1 << 3,
/** Parameter should be NOT displayed and cannot be changed from outside the plug-in.
* It implies that kCanAutomate is NOT set and kIsReadOnly is set.
* [SDK 3.7.0] */
kIsHidden = 1 << 4,
/** Parameter is a program change (unitId gives info about associated unit - see \ref
* vst3ProgramLists).
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kIsProgramChange = 1 << 15,
/** Special bypass parameter (only one allowed): plug-in can handle bypass.
* Highly recommended to export a bypass parameter for effect plug-in.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kIsBypass = 1 << 16
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** View Types used for IEditController::createView */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace ViewType {
const CString kEditor = "editor";
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Flags used for IComponentHandler::restartComponent */
enum RestartFlags : int32
{
/** The Component should be reloaded
* The host has to unload completely the plug-in (controller/processor) and reload it.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kReloadComponent = 1 << 0,
/** Input/Output Bus configuration has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that either the bus configuration or the bus count has changed.
* The host has to deactivate the plug-in, asks the plug-in for its wanted new bus
* configurations, adapts its processing graph and reactivate the plug-in.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kIoChanged = 1 << 1,
/** Multiple parameter values have changed (as result of a program change for example)
* The host invalidates all caches of parameter values and asks the edit controller for the
* current values.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kParamValuesChanged = 1 << 2,
/** Latency has changed
* The plug informs the host that its latency has changed, getLatencySamples should return the new latency after setActive (true) was called
* The host has to deactivate and reactivate the plug-in, then afterwards the host could ask for the current latency (getLatencySamples)
* See IAudioProcessor::getLatencySamples
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kLatencyChanged = 1 << 3,
/** Parameter titles (title, shortTitle and units), default values, stepCount or flags (ParameterFlags) have changed
* The host invalidates all caches of parameter infos and asks the edit controller for the
* current infos.
* [SDK 3.0.0] */
kParamTitlesChanged = 1 << 4,
/** MIDI Controllers and/or Program Changes Assignments have changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its MIDI-CC mapping has changed (for example after a MIDI learn or new loaded preset)
* or if the stepCount or UnitID of a ProgramChange parameter has changed.
* The host has to rebuild the MIDI-CC => parameter mapping (getMidiControllerAssignment)
* and reread program changes parameters (stepCount and associated unitID)
* [SDK 3.0.1] */
kMidiCCAssignmentChanged = 1 << 5,
/** Note Expression has changed (info, count, PhysicalUIMapping, ...)
* Either the note expression type info, the count of note expressions or the physical UI mapping has changed.
* The host invalidates all caches of note expression infos and asks the edit controller for the current ones.
* See INoteExpressionController, NoteExpressionTypeInfo and INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
* [SDK 3.5.0] */
kNoteExpressionChanged = 1 << 6,
/** Input / Output bus titles have changed
* The host invalidates all caches of bus titles and asks the edit controller for the current titles.
* [SDK 3.5.0] */
kIoTitlesChanged = 1 << 7,
/** Prefetch support has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its PrefetchSupport has changed
* The host has to deactivate the plug-in, calls IPrefetchableSupport::getPrefetchableSupport
* and reactivate the plug-in.
* See IPrefetchableSupport
* [SDK 3.6.1] */
kPrefetchableSupportChanged = 1 << 8,
/** RoutingInfo has changed
* The plug-in informs the host that its internal routing (relation of an event-input-channel to
* an audio-output-bus) has changed. The host asks the plug-in for the new routing with
* IComponent::getRoutingInfo, \ref vst3Routing
* See IComponent
* [SDK 3.6.6] */
kRoutingInfoChanged = 1 << 9,
/** Key switches has changed (info, count)
* Either the Key switches info, the count of Key switches has changed.
* The host invalidates all caches of Key switches infos and asks the edit controller
* (IKeyswitchController) for the current ones.
* See IKeyswitchController
* [SDK 3.7.3] */
kKeyswitchChanged = 1 << 10,
/** Mapping of ParamID has changed
* The Plug-in informs the host that its parameters ID has changed. This has to be called by the
* edit controller in the method setComponentState or setState (during projects loading) when the
* plug-in detects that the given state was associated to an older version of the plug-in, or to a
* plug-in to replace (for ex. migrating VST2 => VST3), with a different set of parameter IDs, then
* the host could remap any used parameters like automation by asking the IRemapParamID interface
* (which extends IEditController).
* See IRemapParamID
* [SDK 3.7.11] */
kParamIDMappingChanged = 1 << 11
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandler
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Allow transfer of parameter editing to component (processor) via host and support automation.
Cause the host to react on configuration changes (restartComponent).
\see \ref IEditController
*/
class IComponentHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** To be called before calling a performEdit (e.g. on mouse-click-down event).
* This must be called in the UI-Thread context!
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API beginEdit (ParamID id /*in*/) = 0;
/** Called between beginEdit and endEdit to inform the handler that a given parameter has a new
* value. This must be called in the UI-Thread context!
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API performEdit (ParamID id /*in*/,
ParamValue valueNormalized /*in*/) = 0;
/** To be called after calling a performEdit (e.g. on mouse-click-up event).
* This must be called in the UI-Thread context!
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API endEdit (ParamID id /*in*/) = 0;
/** Instructs host to restart the component. This must be called in the UI-Thread context!
* @param[in] flags is a combination of RestartFlags
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API restartComponent (int32 flags /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler, 0x93A0BEA3, 0x0BD045DB, 0x8E890B0C, 0xC1E46AC6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandler2
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
One part handles:
- Setting dirty state of the plug-in
- Requesting the host to open the editor
The other part handles parameter group editing from the plug-in UI. It wraps a set of \ref
IComponentHandler::beginEdit / \ref Steinberg::Vst::IComponentHandler::performEdit / \ref
Steinberg::Vst::IComponentHandler::endEdit functions (see \ref IComponentHandler) which should use
the same timestamp in the host when writing automation. This allows for better synchronizing of
multiple parameter changes at once.
\section IComponentHandler2Example Examples of different use cases
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// we are in the editcontroller...
// in case of multiple switch buttons (with associated ParamID 1 and 3)
// on mouse down :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->beginEdit (1);
hostHandler->beginEdit (3);
hostHandler->performEdit (1, 1.0);
hostHandler->performEdit (3, 0.0); // the opposite of paramID 1 for example
....
// on mouse up :
hostHandler->endEdit (1);
hostHandler->endEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
....
//--------------------------------------
// in case of multiple faders (with associated ParamID 1 and 3)
// on mouse down :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->beginEdit (1);
hostHandler->beginEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
// on mouse move :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->performEdit (1, x); // x the wanted value
hostHandler->performEdit (3, x);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
....
// on mouse up :
hostHandler2->startGroupEdit ();
hostHandler->endEdit (1);
hostHandler->endEdit (3);
hostHandler2->finishGroupEdit ();
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler, \ref IEditController
*/
class IComponentHandler2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Tells host that the plug-in is dirty (something besides parameters has changed since last
* save), if true the host should apply a save before quitting.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setDirty (TBool state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Tells host that it should open the plug-in editor the next time it's possible. You should
* use this instead of showing an alert and blocking the program flow (especially on loading
* projects).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API requestOpenEditor (FIDString name = ViewType::kEditor /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Starts the group editing (call before a \ref IComponentHandler::beginEdit),
* the host will keep the current timestamp at this call and will use it for all
* \ref IComponentHandler::beginEdit, \ref IComponentHandler::performEdit,
* \ref IComponentHandler::endEdit calls until a \ref finishGroupEdit ().
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API startGroupEdit () = 0;
/** Finishes the group editing started by a \ref startGroupEdit (call after a \ref
* IComponentHandler::endEdit).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API finishGroupEdit () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandler2, 0xF040B4B3, 0xA36045EC, 0xABCDC045, 0xB4D5A2CC)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IComponentHandlerBusActivation
\ingroup vstIHost vst368
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.6.8]
- [optional]
Allows the plug-in to request the host to activate or deactivate a specific bus.
If the host accepts this request, it will call later on \ref IComponent::activateBus.
This is particularly useful for instruments with more than 1 outputs, where the user could request
from the plug-in UI a given output bus activation.
\code{.cpp}
// somewhere in your code when you need to inform the host to enable a specific Bus.
FUnknownPtr<IComponentHandlerBusActivation> busActivation (componentHandler);
if (busActivation)
{
// here we want to activate our audio input sidechain (the 2cd input bus: index 1)
busActivation->requestBusActivation (kAudio, kInput, 1, true);
}
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler
*/
class IComponentHandlerBusActivation : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** request the host to activate or deactivate a specific bus.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API requestBusActivation (MediaType type /*in*/, BusDirection dir /*in*/,
int32 index /*in*/, TBool state /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandlerBusActivation, 0x067D02C1, 0x5B4E274D, 0xA92D90FD, 0x6EAF7240)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IProgress
\ingroup vstIHost vst370
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [optional]
Allows the plug-in to request the host to create a progress for some specific tasks which take some
time. The host can visualize the progress as read-only UI elements.
For example, after loading a project where a plug-in needs to load extra data (e.g. samples) in a
background thread, this enables the host to get and visualize the current status of the loading
progress and to inform the user when the loading is finished.
Note: During the progress, the host can unload the plug-in at any time. Make sure that the plug-in
supports this use case.
\section IProgressExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// we are in the editcontroller:
// as member: IProgress::ID mProgressID;
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->start (IProgress::ProgressType::UIBackgroundTask, STR ("Load Samples..."),
mProgressID);
// ...
myProgressValue += incProgressStep;
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->update (mProgressID, myProgressValue);
// ...
FUnknownPtr<IProgress> progress (componentHandler);
if (progress)
progress->finish (mProgressID);
\endcode
\see \ref IComponentHandler
*/
class IProgress : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum ProgressType : uint32
{
/** plug-in state is restored async (in a background Thread) */
AsyncStateRestoration = 0,
/** a plug-in task triggered by a UI action */
UIBackgroundTask
};
using ID = uint64;
/** Start a new progress of a given type and optional Description. outID is as ID created by the
* host to identify this newly created progress (for update and finish method).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API start (ProgressType type /*in*/,
const tchar* optionalDescription /*in*/,
ID& outID /*out*/) = 0;
/** Update the progress value (normValue between [0, 1]) associated to the given id.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API update (ID id /*in*/, ParamValue normValue /*in*/) = 0;
/** Finish the progress associated to the given id.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API finish (ID id /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProgress, 0x00C9DC5B, 0x9D904254, 0x91A388C8, 0xB4E91B69)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface: Vst::IEditController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
The controller part of an effect or instrument with parameter handling (export, definition,
conversion, ...). \see \ref IComponent::getControllerClassId, \ref IMidiMapping
*/
class IEditController : public IPluginBase
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Receives the component state.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentState (IBStream* state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Sets the controller state.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setState (IBStream* state /*in*/) = 0;
/** Gets the controller state.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getState (IBStream* state /*inout*/) = 0;
// parameters -------------------------
/** Returns the number of parameters exported.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getParameterCount () = 0;
/** Gets for a given index the parameter information.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterInfo (int32 paramIndex /*in*/,
ParameterInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given paramID and normalized value its associated string representation.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParamStringByValue (ParamID id /*in*/,
ParamValue valueNormalized /*in*/,
String128 string /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given paramID and string its normalized value.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParamValueByString (ParamID id /*in*/, TChar* string /*in*/,
ParamValue& valueNormalized /*out*/) = 0;
/** Returns for a given paramID and a normalized value its plain representation
* (for example -6 for -6dB - see \ref vst3AutomationIntro).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API normalizedParamToPlain (ParamID id /*in*/,
ParamValue valueNormalized /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns for a given paramID and a plain value its normalized value. (see \ref
* vst3AutomationIntro).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API plainParamToNormalized (ParamID id /*in*/,
ParamValue plainValue /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns the normalized value of the parameter associated to the paramID.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual ParamValue PLUGIN_API getParamNormalized (ParamID id /*in*/) = 0;
/** Sets the normalized value to the parameter associated to the paramID. The controller must
* never pass this value-change back to the host via the IComponentHandler.
* It should update the according GUI element(s) only!
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setParamNormalized (ParamID id /*in*/, ParamValue value /*in*/) = 0;
// handler ----------------------------
/** Gets from host a handler which allows the Plugin-in to communicate with the host.
* \note This is mandatory if the host is using the IEditController!
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setComponentHandler (IComponentHandler* handler /*in*/) = 0;
// view -------------------------------
/** Creates the editor view of the plug-in, currently only "editor" is supported, see \ref
* ViewType. The life time of the editor view will never exceed the life time of this controller
* instance.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual IPlugView* PLUGIN_API createView (FIDString name /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditController, 0xDCD7BBE3, 0x7742448D, 0xA874AACC, 0x979C759E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
/** Knob Mode Type */
using KnobMode = int32;
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Knob Mode */
enum KnobModes : KnobMode
{
kCircularMode = 0, ///< Circular with jump to clicked position
kRelativCircularMode, ///< Circular without jump to clicked position
kLinearMode ///< Linear: depending on vertical movement
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface extension: Vst::IEditController2
\ingroup vstIPlug vst310
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [optional]
Extension to allow the host to inform the plug-in about the host Knob Mode,
and to open the plug-in about box or help documentation.
\see \ref IEditController, \ref EditController
*/
class IEditController2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Host could set the Knob Mode for the plug-in. Return kResultFalse means not supported mode.
* \see KnobModes.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setKnobMode (KnobMode mode /*in*/) = 0;
/** Host could ask to open the plug-in help (could be: opening a PDF document or link to a web
* page). The host could call it with onlyCheck set to true for testing support of open Help.
* Return kResultFalse means not supported function.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API openHelp (TBool onlyCheck /*in*/) = 0;
/** Host could ask to open the plug-in about box.
* The host could call it with onlyCheck set to true for testing support of open AboutBox.
* Return kResultFalse means not supported function.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API openAboutBox (TBool onlyCheck /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditController2, 0x7F4EFE59, 0xF3204967, 0xAC27A3AE, 0xAFB63038)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Mapping interface: Vst::IMidiMapping
\ingroup vstIPlug vst301
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.0.1]
- [optional]
MIDI controllers are not transmitted directly to a VST component. MIDI as hardware protocol has
restrictions that can be avoided in software. Controller data in particular come along with unclear
and often ignored semantics. On top of this they can interfere with regular parameter automation and
the host is unaware of what happens in the plug-in when passing MIDI controllers directly.
So any functionality that is to be controlled by MIDI controllers must be exported as regular
parameter. The host will transform incoming MIDI controller data using this interface and transmit
them as regular parameter change. This allows the host to automate them in the same way as other
parameters. CtrlNumber can be a typical MIDI controller value extended to some others values like
pitchbend or aftertouch (see \ref ControllerNumbers). If the mapping has changed, the plug-in must
call IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kMidiCCAssignmentChanged) to inform the host about this
change.
\section IMidiMappingExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//--------------------------------------
// in myeditcontroller.h
class MyEditController: public EditControllerEx1, public IMidiMapping
{
//...
//---IMidiMapping---------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber,
ParamID& id) override;
//---Interface---------
OBJ_METHODS (MyEditController, EditControllerEx1)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
DEF_INTERFACE (IMidiMapping)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (MyEditController)
REFCOUNT_METHODS (MyEditController)
};
//--------------------------------------
// in myeditcontroller.cpp
tresult PLUGIN_API MyEditController::getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex,
int16 midiChannel,
CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber,
ParamID& tag)
{
// for my first Event bus and for MIDI channel 0 and for MIDI CC Volume only
if (busIndex == 0 && midiChannel == 0 && midiControllerNumber == kCtrlVolume)
{
tag = kGainId;
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
\endcode
*/
class IMidiMapping : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Gets an (preferred) associated ParamID for a given Input Event Bus index, channel and MIDI
* Controller.
* @param[in] busIndex - index of Input Event Bus
* @param[in] channel - channel of the bus
* @param[in] midiControllerNumber - see \ref ControllerNumbers for expected values (could be
* bigger than 127)
* @param[out] id - return the associated ParamID to the given midiControllerNumber
*
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getMidiControllerAssignment (int32 busIndex /*in*/,
int16 channel /*in*/,
CtrlNumber midiControllerNumber /*in*/,
ParamID& id /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiMapping, 0xDF0FF9F7, 0x49B74669, 0xB63AB732, 0x7ADBF5E5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Parameter Editing from host: Vst::IEditControllerHostEditing
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
If this interface is implemented by the edit controller, and when performing edits from outside
the plug-in (host / remote) of a not automatable and not read-only, and not hidden flagged parameter
(kind of helper parameter), the host will start with a beginEditFromHost before calling
setParamNormalized and end with an endEditFromHost. Here the sequence that the host will call:
\section IEditControllerExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
plugEditController->beginEditFromHost (id);
plugEditController->setParamNormalized (id, value);
plugEditController->setParamNormalized (id, value + 0.1);
// ...
plugEditController->endEditFromHost (id);
\endcode
\see \ref IEditController
*/
class IEditControllerHostEditing : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called before a setParamNormalized sequence, a endEditFromHost will be call at the end of
* the editing action.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API beginEditFromHost (ParamID paramID /*in*/) = 0;
/** Called after a beginEditFromHost and a sequence of setParamNormalized.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API endEditFromHost (ParamID paramID /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEditControllerHostEditing, 0xC1271208, 0x70594098, 0xB9DD34B3, 0x6BB0195E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IComponentHandler for an edit controller
\ingroup vstIHost vst379
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.7.9]
- [optional]
*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
class IComponentHandlerSystemTime : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** get the current systemTime (the same as the one used in ProcessContext::systemTime).
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getSystemTime (int64& systemTime /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IComponentHandlerSystemTime, 0xF9E53056, 0xD1554CD5, 0xB7695E1B, 0x7B0F7745)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+223
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstevents.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2005
// Description : VST Events Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprocesscontext.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Reserved note identifier (noteId) range for a plug-in. Guaranteed not used by the host. */
enum NoteIDUserRange
{
kNoteIDUserRangeLowerBound = -10000,
kNoteIDUserRangeUpperBound = -1000,
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note-on event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
Pitch uses the twelve-tone equal temperament tuning (12-TET).
*/
struct NoteOnEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz (12-TET: twelve-tone equal temperament)
float tuning; ///< 1.f = +1 cent, -1.f = -1 cent
float velocity; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 length; ///< in sample frames (optional, Note Off has to follow in any case!)
int32 noteId; ///< note identifier (if not available then -1)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note-off event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct NoteOffEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz (12-TET)
float velocity; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 noteId; ///< associated noteOn identifier (if not available then -1)
float tuning; ///< 1.f = +1 cent, -1.f = -1 cent
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Data event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct DataEvent
{
uint32 size; ///< size in bytes of the data block bytes
uint32 type; ///< type of this data block (see \ref DataTypes)
const uint8* bytes; ///< pointer to the data block
/** Value for DataEvent::type */
enum DataTypes
{
kMidiSysEx = 0 ///< for MIDI system exclusive message
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PolyPressure event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct PolyPressureEvent
{
int16 channel; ///< channel index in event bus
int16 pitch; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
float pressure; ///< range [0.0, 1.0]
int32 noteId; ///< event should be applied to the noteId (if not -1)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Chord event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct ChordEvent
{
int16 root; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
int16 bassNote; ///< range [0, 127] = [C-2, G8] with A3=440Hz
int16 mask; ///< root is bit 0
uint16 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated Hosts Chord Name
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Scale event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
*/
struct ScaleEvent
{
int16 root; ///< range [0, 127] = root Note/Transpose Factor
int16 mask; ///< Bit 0 = C, Bit 1 = C#, ... (0x5ab5 = Major Scale)
uint16 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated, Hosts Scale Name
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Legacy MIDI CC Out event specific data. Used in \ref Event (union)
\ingroup vstEventGrp
- [released: 3.6.12]
This kind of event is reserved for generating MIDI CC as output event for kEvent Bus during the process call.
*/
struct LegacyMIDICCOutEvent
{
uint8 controlNumber;///< see enum ControllerNumbers [0, 255]
int8 channel; ///< channel index in event bus [0, 15]
int8 value; ///< value of Controller [0, 127]
int8 value2; ///< [0, 127] used for pitch bend (kPitchBend) and polyPressure (kCtrlPolyPressure)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Event
\ingroup vstEventGrp
Structure representing a single Event of different types associated to a specific event (\ref kEvent) bus.
*/
struct Event
{
int32 busIndex; ///< event bus index
int32 sampleOffset; ///< sample frames related to the current block start sample position
TQuarterNotes ppqPosition; ///< position in project
uint16 flags; ///< combination of \ref EventFlags
/** Event Flags - used for Event::flags */
enum EventFlags
{
kIsLive = 1 << 0, ///< indicates that the event is played live (directly from keyboard)
kUserReserved1 = 1 << 14, ///< reserved for user (for internal use)
kUserReserved2 = 1 << 15 ///< reserved for user (for internal use)
};
/** Event Types - used for Event::type */
enum EventTypes
{
kNoteOnEvent = 0, ///< is \ref NoteOnEvent
kNoteOffEvent = 1, ///< is \ref NoteOffEvent
kDataEvent = 2, ///< is \ref DataEvent
kPolyPressureEvent = 3, ///< is \ref PolyPressureEvent
kNoteExpressionValueEvent = 4, ///< is \ref NoteExpressionValueEvent
kNoteExpressionTextEvent = 5, ///< is \ref NoteExpressionTextEvent
kChordEvent = 6, ///< is \ref ChordEvent
kScaleEvent = 7, ///< is \ref ScaleEvent
kNoteExpressionIntValueEvent = 8,///< is \ref NoteExpressionIntValueEvent
kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent = 65535 ///< is \ref LegacyMIDICCOutEvent
};
uint16 type; ///< a value from \ref EventTypes
union
{
NoteOnEvent noteOn; ///< type == kNoteOnEvent
NoteOffEvent noteOff; ///< type == kNoteOffEvent
DataEvent data; ///< type == kDataEvent
PolyPressureEvent polyPressure; ///< type == kPolyPressureEvent
NoteExpressionValueEvent noteExpressionValue; ///< type == kNoteExpressionValueEvent
NoteExpressionTextEvent noteExpressionText; ///< type == kNoteExpressionTextEvent
NoteExpressionIntValueEvent noteExpressionIntValue; ///< type == kNoteExpressionIntValueEvent
ChordEvent chord; ///< type == kChordEvent
ScaleEvent scale; ///< type == kScaleEvent
LegacyMIDICCOutEvent midiCCOut; ///< type == kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** List of events to process: Vst::IEventList
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
\see ProcessData, Event
*/
class IEventList : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the count of events. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getEventCount () = 0;
/** Gets parameter by index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getEvent (int32 index /*in*/, Event& e /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a new event. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addEvent (Event& e /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IEventList, 0x3A2C4214, 0x346349FE, 0xB2C4F397, 0xB9695A44)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivsthostapplication.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2006
// Description : VST Host Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic host callback interface: Vst::IHostApplication
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' in to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Basic VST host application interface.
*/
class IHostApplication : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets host application name.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getName (String128 name) = 0;
/** Creates host object (for example: Vst::IMessage).
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API createInstance (TUID cid, TUID _iid, void** obj) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IHostApplication, 0x58E595CC, 0xDB2D4969, 0x8B6AAF8C, 0x36A664E5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Helper to allocate a message */
inline IMessage* allocateMessage (IHostApplication* host)
{
TUID iid;
IMessage::iid.toTUID (iid);
IMessage* m = nullptr;
if (host->createInstance (iid, iid, (void**)&m) == kResultOk)
return m;
return nullptr;
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to VST 2 Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToVst2Wrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to VST 2 wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the VST 2 Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToVst2Wrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToVst2Wrapper, 0x29633AEC, 0x1D1C47E2, 0xBB85B97B, 0xD36EAC61)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to AU Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToAUWrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst310
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.1.0]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to AU wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the AU Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToAUWrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAUWrapper, 0xA3B8C6C5, 0xC0954688, 0xB0916F0B, 0xB697AA44)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 to AAX Wrapper interface: Vst::IVst3ToAAXWrapper
\ingroup vstIHost vst368
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.8]
- [mandatory]
Informs the plug-in that a VST 3 to AAX wrapper is used between the plug-in and the real host.
Implemented by the AAX Wrapper.
*/
class IVst3ToAAXWrapper : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3ToAAXWrapper, 0x6D319DC6, 0x60C56242, 0xB32C951B, 0x93BEF4C6)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Wrapper MPE Support interface: Vst::IVst3WrapperMPESupport
\ingroup vstIHost vst3612
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
Implemented on wrappers that support MPE to Note Expression translation.
By default, MPE input processing is enabled, the masterChannel will be zero, the memberBeginChannel
will be one and the memberEndChannel will be 14.
As MPE is a subset of the VST3 Note Expression feature, mapping from the three MPE expressions is
handled via the INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping interface.
*/
class IVst3WrapperMPESupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** enable or disable MPE processing
* @param state true to enable, false to disable MPE processing
* @return kResultTrue on success */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API enableMPEInputProcessing (TBool state) = 0;
/** setup the MPE processing
* @param masterChannel MPE master channel (zero based)
* @param memberBeginChannel MPE member begin channel (zero based)
* @param memberEndChannel MPE member end channel (zero based)
* @return kResultTrue on success */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setMPEInputDeviceSettings (int32 masterChannel,
int32 memberBeginChannel,
int32 memberEndChannel) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IVst3WrapperMPESupport, 0x44149067, 0x42CF4BF9, 0x8800B750, 0xF7359FE3)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstinterappaudio.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2013
// Description : VST InterAppAudio Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
struct ViewRect;
namespace Vst {
struct Event;
class IInterAppAudioPresetManager;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Inter-App Audio host Interface.
\ingroup vstIHost vst360
- [host imp]
- [passed as 'context' to IPluginBase::initialize () ]
- [released: 3.6.0]
- [optional]
Implemented by the InterAppAudio Wrapper.
*/
class IInterAppAudioHost : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** get the size of the screen
* @param size size of the screen
* @param scale scale of the screen
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getScreenSize (ViewRect* size, float* scale) = 0;
/** get status of connection
* @return kResultTrue if an Inter-App Audio connection is established
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API connectedToHost () = 0;
/** switch to the host.
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API switchToHost () = 0;
/** send a remote control event to the host
* @param event event type, see AudioUnitRemoteControlEvent in the iOS SDK documentation for possible types
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API sendRemoteControlEvent (uint32 event) = 0;
/** ask for the host icon.
* @param icon pointer to a CGImageRef
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getHostIcon (void** icon) = 0;
/** schedule an event from the user interface thread
* @param event the event to schedule
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API scheduleEventFromUI (Event& event) = 0;
/** get the preset manager
* @param cid class ID to use by the preset manager
* @return the preset manager. Needs to be released by called.
*/
virtual IInterAppAudioPresetManager* PLUGIN_API createPresetManager (const TUID& cid) = 0;
/** show the settings view
* currently includes MIDI settings and Tempo setting
* @return kResultTrue on success
*/
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API showSettingsView () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioHost, 0x0CE5743D, 0x68DF415E, 0xAE285BD4, 0xE2CDC8FD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for Inter-App Audio connection state change notifications
\ingroup vstIPlug vst360
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.0]
*/
class IInterAppAudioConnectionNotification : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** called when the Inter-App Audio connection state changes
* @param newState true if an Inter-App Audio connection is established, otherwise false
*/
virtual void PLUGIN_API onInterAppAudioConnectionStateChange (TBool newState) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioConnectionNotification, 0x6020C72D, 0x5FC24AA1, 0xB0950DB5, 0xD7D6D5CF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for Inter-App Audio Preset Management
\ingroup vstIPlug vst360
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.0]
*/
class IInterAppAudioPresetManager : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Open the Preset Browser in order to load a preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API runLoadPresetBrowser () = 0;
/** Open the Preset Browser in order to save a preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API runSavePresetBrowser () = 0;
/** Load the next available preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadNextPreset () = 0;
/** Load the previous available preset */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API loadPreviousPreset () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IInterAppAudioPresetManager, 0xADE6FCC4, 0x46C94E1D, 0xB3B49A80, 0xC93FEFDD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
+101
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmessage.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Message Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Private plug-in message: Vst::IMessage
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [create via IHostApplication::createInstance]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
Messages are sent from a VST controller component to a VST editor component and vice versa.
\see IAttributeList, IConnectionPoint, \ref vst3Communication
*/
class IMessage : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the message ID (for example "TextMessage"). */
virtual FIDString PLUGIN_API getMessageID () = 0;
/** Sets a message ID (for example "TextMessage"). */
virtual void PLUGIN_API setMessageID (FIDString id /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns the attribute list associated to the message. */
virtual IAttributeList* PLUGIN_API getAttributes () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMessage, 0x936F033B, 0xC6C047DB, 0xBB0882F8, 0x13C1E613)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Connect a component with another one: Vst::IConnectionPoint
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface is used for the communication of separate components.
Note that some hosts will place a proxy object between the components so that they are not directly
connected.
\see \ref vst3Communication
*/
class IConnectionPoint : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Connects this instance with another connection point.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API connect (IConnectionPoint* other /*in*/) = 0;
/** Disconnects a given connection point from this.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API disconnect (IConnectionPoint* other /*in*/) = 0;
/** Called when a message has been sent from the connection point to this.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notify (IMessage* message /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IConnectionPoint, 0x70A4156F, 0x6E6E4026, 0x989148BF, 0xAA60D8D1)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidicontrollers.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2006
// Description : VST MIDI Controller Enumeration
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Controller Numbers (MIDI) */
enum ControllerNumbers
{
kCtrlBankSelectMSB = 0, ///< Bank Select MSB
kCtrlModWheel = 1, ///< Modulation Wheel
kCtrlBreath = 2, ///< Breath controller
kCtrlFoot = 4, ///< Foot Controller
kCtrlPortaTime = 5, ///< Portamento Time
kCtrlDataEntryMSB = 6, ///< Data Entry MSB
kCtrlVolume = 7, ///< Channel Volume (formerly Main Volume)
kCtrlBalance = 8, ///< Balance
kCtrlPan = 10, ///< Pan
kCtrlExpression = 11, ///< Expression
kCtrlEffect1 = 12, ///< Effect Control 1
kCtrlEffect2 = 13, ///< Effect Control 2
//---General Purpose Controllers #1 to #4---
kCtrlGPC1 = 16, ///< General Purpose Controller #1
kCtrlGPC2 = 17, ///< General Purpose Controller #2
kCtrlGPC3 = 18, ///< General Purpose Controller #3
kCtrlGPC4 = 19, ///< General Purpose Controller #4
kCtrlBankSelectLSB = 32, ///< Bank Select LSB
kCtrlDataEntryLSB = 38, ///< Data Entry LSB
kCtrlSustainOnOff = 64, ///< Damper Pedal On/Off (Sustain)
kCtrlPortaOnOff = 65, ///< Portamento On/Off
kCtrlSustenutoOnOff = 66, ///< Sustenuto On/Off
kCtrlSoftPedalOnOff = 67, ///< Soft Pedal On/Off
kCtrlLegatoFootSwOnOff= 68, ///< Legato Footswitch On/Off
kCtrlHold2OnOff = 69, ///< Hold 2 On/Off
//---Sound Controllers #1 to #10---
kCtrlSoundVariation = 70, ///< Sound Variation
kCtrlFilterCutoff = 71, ///< Filter Cutoff (Timbre/Harmonic Intensity)
kCtrlReleaseTime = 72, ///< Release Time
kCtrlAttackTime = 73, ///< Attack Time
kCtrlFilterResonance= 74, ///< Filter Resonance (Brightness)
kCtrlDecayTime = 75, ///< Decay Time
kCtrlVibratoRate = 76, ///< Vibrato Rate
kCtrlVibratoDepth = 77, ///< Vibrato Depth
kCtrlVibratoDelay = 78, ///< Vibrato Delay
kCtrlSoundCtrler10 = 79, ///< undefined
//---General Purpose Controllers #5 to #8---
kCtrlGPC5 = 80, ///< General Purpose Controller #5
kCtrlGPC6 = 81, ///< General Purpose Controller #6
kCtrlGPC7 = 82, ///< General Purpose Controller #7
kCtrlGPC8 = 83, ///< General Purpose Controller #8
kCtrlPortaControl = 84, ///< Portamento Control
//---Effect Controllers---
kCtrlEff1Depth = 91, ///< Effect 1 Depth (Reverb Send Level)
kCtrlEff2Depth = 92, ///< Effect 2 Depth (Tremolo Level)
kCtrlEff3Depth = 93, ///< Effect 3 Depth (Chorus Send Level)
kCtrlEff4Depth = 94, ///< Effect 4 Depth (Delay/Variation/Detune Level)
kCtrlEff5Depth = 95, ///< Effect 5 Depth (Phaser Level)
kCtrlDataIncrement = 96, ///< Data Increment (+1)
kCtrlDataDecrement = 97, ///< Data Decrement (-1)
kCtrlNRPNSelectLSB = 98, ///< NRPN Select LSB
kCtrlNRPNSelectMSB = 99, ///< NRPN Select MSB
kCtrlRPNSelectLSB = 100, ///< RPN Select LSB
kCtrlRPNSelectMSB = 101, ///< RPN Select MSB
//---Other Channel Mode Messages---
kCtrlAllSoundsOff = 120, ///< All Sounds Off
kCtrlResetAllCtrlers = 121, ///< Reset All Controllers
kCtrlLocalCtrlOnOff = 122, ///< Local Control On/Off
kCtrlAllNotesOff = 123, ///< All Notes Off
kCtrlOmniModeOff = 124, ///< Omni Mode Off + All Notes Off
kCtrlOmniModeOn = 125, ///< Omni Mode On + All Notes Off
kCtrlPolyModeOnOff = 126, ///< Poly Mode On/Off + All Sounds Off
kCtrlPolyModeOn = 127, ///< Poly Mode On
//---Extra--------------------------
kAfterTouch = 128, ///< After Touch (associated to Channel Pressure)
kPitchBend = 129, ///< Pitch Bend Change
kCountCtrlNumber, ///< Count of Controller Number
//---Extra for kLegacyMIDICCOutEvent-
kCtrlProgramChange = 130, ///< Program Change (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kCtrlPolyPressure = 131, ///< Polyphonic Key Pressure (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value for pitch and
/// LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value2 for pressure)
kCtrlQuarterFrame = 132, ///< Quarter Frame ((use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemSongSelect = 133, ///< Song Select (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemSongPointer = 134, ///< Song Pointer (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value for LSB and
/// LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value2 for MSB)
kSystemCableSelect = 135, ///< Cable Select (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemTuneRequest = 136, ///< Tune Request (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemMidiClockStart = 137, ///< Midi Clock Start (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemMidiClockContinue = 138, ///< Midi Clock Continue (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemMidiClockStop = 139, ///< Midi Clock Stop (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
kSystemActiveSensing = 140, ///< Active Sensing (use LegacyMIDICCOutEvent.value only)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
+107
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidilearn.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2018
// Description : VST MIDI Learn
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Learn interface: Vst::IMidiLearn
\ingroup vstIPlug vst3612
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
If this interface is implemented by the edit controller, the host will call this method whenever
there is live MIDI-CC input for the plug-in. This way, the plug-in can change its MIDI-CC parameter
mapping and notify the host using the IComponentHandler::restartComponent with the
kMidiCCAssignmentChanged flag.
Use this if you want to implement custom MIDI-Learn functionality in your plug-in.
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------
// in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::IMidiLearn
{
// ...
//--- IMidiLearn ---------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex, int16 channel,
CtrlNumber midiCC) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
// ...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
// ...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::IMidiLearn)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
//...
}
//------------------------------------------------
// in mycontroller.cpp
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidilearn.h
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex,
int16 channel, CtrlNumber midiCC)
{
// if we are not in doMIDILearn (triggered by a UI button for example)
// or wrong channel then return
if (!doMIDILearn || busIndex != 0 || channel != 0 || midiLearnParamID == InvalidParamID)
return kResultFalse;
// adapt our internal MIDICC -> parameterID mapping
midiCCMapping[midiCC] = midiLearnParamID;
// new mapping then inform the host that our MIDI assignment has changed
if (auto componentHandler = getComponentHandler ())
{
componentHandler->restartComponent (kMidiCCAssignmentChanged);
}
return kResultTrue;
}
\endcode
*/
class IMidiLearn : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called on live input MIDI-CC change associated to a given bus index and MIDI channel.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMIDIControllerInput (int32 busIndex /*in*/,
int16 channel /*in*/,
CtrlNumber midiCC /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn, 0x6B2449CC, 0x419740B5, 0xAB3C79DA, 0xC5FE5C86)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags : clang-format SMTGSequencer
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstmidimapping2.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2025
// Description : MIDI controller mapping (includes MIDI 2.0)
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
using MidiGroup = uint8;
using MidiChannel = uint8;
using BusIndex = int32;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Midi2Controller
*
* describes a MIDI 2.0 Registered or Assignable Controller
*
*/
struct Midi2Controller
{
uint8 bank : 7; // msb
TBool registered : 1; // true: registered, false: assignable
uint8 index : 7; // lsb
TBool reserved : 1;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct Midi2ControllerParamIDAssignment
{
ParamID pId;
BusIndex busIndex;
MidiChannel channel;
Midi2Controller controller;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct Midi2ControllerParamIDAssignmentList
{
uint32 count;
Midi2ControllerParamIDAssignment* map;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct Midi1ControllerParamIDAssignment
{
ParamID pId;
BusIndex busIndex;
MidiChannel channel;
CtrlNumber controller;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct Midi1ControllerParamIDAssignmentList
{
uint32 count;
Midi1ControllerParamIDAssignment* map;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Mapping interface: Vst::IMidiMapping2
\ingroup vstIPlug vst380
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.8.0]
- [optional]
- [replaces Vst::IMidiMapping]
This interface replaces Vst::IMidiMapping to support the extended MIDI controllers in MIDI 2.0.
A MIDI 2.0 capable host first queries for the Vst::IMidiMapping2 interface and uses the old
Vst::IMidiMapping interface as a fallback.
A plug-in can use the Vst::IPlugInterfaceSupport to check if the host supports Vst::IMidiMapping2.
*/
class IMidiMapping2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Gets the number of MIDI 2.0 controller to parameter assignments
*
* @param direction input/output direction
* @return number of MIDI 2.0 controller to parameter assignments
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getNumMidi2ControllerAssignments (BusDirections direction) = 0;
/** Gets MIDI 2.0 controller parameter assignments
*
* the list is preallocated by the host and must be filled by the plug-in
*
* @param direction input/output direction
* @param list list of assignments
* @return kResultTrue on success
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getMidi2ControllerAssignments (
BusDirections direction, const Midi2ControllerParamIDAssignmentList& list) = 0;
/** Gets the number of MIDI 1.0 controller to parameter assignments
*
* @param direction input/output direction
* @return number of MIDI 1.0 controller to parameter assignments
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual uint32 PLUGIN_API getNumMidi1ControllerAssignments (BusDirections direction) = 0;
/** Gets MIDI 1.0 controller parameter assignments
*
* the list is preallocated by the host and must be filled by the plug-in
*
* @param direction input/output direction
* @param list list of assignments
* @return kResultTrue on success
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getMidi1ControllerAssignments (
BusDirections direction, const Midi1ControllerParamIDAssignmentList& list) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiMapping2, 0x6DE14B88, 0x03F94F09, 0xA2552F0F, 0x9326593E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** MIDI Learn interface: Vst::IMidiLearn2
\ingroup vstIPlug vst380
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.8.0]
- [optional]
- [replaces Vst::IMidiLearn]
If this interface is implemented by the edit controller, the host will call this method whenever
there is live MIDI-CC input for the plug-in. This way, the plug-in can change its MIDI-CC parameter
mapping and notify the host using IComponentHandler::restartComponent with the
kMidiCCAssignmentChanged flag.
Use this if you want to implement custom MIDI-Learn functionality in your plug-in.
*/
class IMidiLearn2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Called on live input MIDI 2.0-CC change associated to a given bus index and MIDI channel
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMidi2ControllerInput (BusIndex index, MidiChannel channel,
Midi2Controller midiCC) = 0;
/** Called on live input MIDI 1.0-CC change associated to a given bus index and MIDI channel
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API onLiveMidi1ControllerInput (BusIndex index, MidiChannel channel,
CtrlNumber midiCC) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IMidiLearn2, 0xF07E498A, 0x78864327, 0x8B431CED, 0xA3C553FC)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2010
// Description : VST Note Expression Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
/** Note Expression Types */
typedef uint32 NoteExpressionTypeID;
/** Note Expression Value */
typedef double NoteExpressionValue;
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** NoteExpressionTypeIDs describes the type of the note expression.
VST predefines some types like volume, pan, tuning by defining their ranges and curves.
Used by NoteExpressionEvent::typeId and NoteExpressionTypeID::typeId
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
enum NoteExpressionTypeIDs : uint32
{
kVolumeTypeID = 0, ///< Volume, plain range [0 = -oo , 0.25 = 0dB, 0.5 = +6dB, 1 = +12dB]: plain = 20 * log (4 * norm)
kPanTypeID, ///< Panning (L-R), plain range [0 = left, 0.5 = center, 1 = right]
kTuningTypeID, ///< Tuning, plain range [0 = -120.0 (ten octaves down), 0.5 none, 1 = +120.0 (ten octaves up)]
///< plain = 240 * (norm - 0.5) and norm = plain / 240 + 0.5
///< oneOctave is 12.0 / 240.0; oneHalfTune = 1.0 / 240.0;
kVibratoTypeID, ///< Vibrato
kExpressionTypeID, ///< Expression
kBrightnessTypeID, ///< Brightness
kTextTypeID, ///< See NoteExpressionTextEvent
kPhonemeTypeID, ///< TODO:
kCustomStart = 100000, ///< start of custom note expression type ids
kCustomEnd = 200000, ///< end of custom note expression type ids
kInvalidTypeID = 0xFFFFFFFF ///< indicates an invalid note expression type
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of a Note Expression Type
This structure is part of the NoteExpressionTypeInfo structure, it describes for given
NoteExpressionTypeID its default value (for example 0.5 for a kTuningTypeID (kIsBipolar: centered)),
its minimum and maximum (for predefined NoteExpressionTypeID the full range is predefined too) and a
stepCount when the given NoteExpressionTypeID is limited to discrete values (like on/off state).
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
struct NoteExpressionValueDescription
{
NoteExpressionValue defaultValue; ///< default normalized value [0,1]
NoteExpressionValue minimum; ///< minimum normalized value [0,1]
NoteExpressionValue maximum; ///< maximum normalized value [0,1]
int32 stepCount; ///< number of discrete steps (0: continuous, 1: toggle, discrete value otherwise - see \ref vst3ParameterIntro)
};
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vstpshpack4.h"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Value event. Used in \ref Event (union)
A note expression event affects one single playing note (referring its noteId).
This kind of event is send from host to the plug-in like other events (NoteOnEvent,
NoteOffEvent,...) in \ref ProcessData during the process call. Note expression events for a specific
noteId can only occur after a NoteOnEvent. The host must take care that the event list (\ref
IEventList) is properly sorted. Expression events are always absolute normalized values [0.0, 1.0].
The predefined types have a predefined mapping of the normalized values (see \ref
NoteExpressionTypeIDs) \sa INoteExpressionController
*/
struct NoteExpressionValueEvent
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< see \ref NoteExpressionTypeID
int32 noteId; ///< associated note identifier to apply the change
NoteExpressionValue value; ///< normalized value [0.0, 1.0].
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Int event. Used in \ref Event (union)
Same as NoteExpressionValueEvent but use a uint64 instead of a NoteExpressionValue (double)
\ingroup vstIPlug vst380
- [released: 3.8.0]
*/
struct NoteExpressionIntValueEvent
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< see \ref NoteExpressionTypeID
int32 noteId; ///< associated note identifier to apply the change
uint64 value;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Note Expression Text event. Used in Event (union)
A Expression event affects one single playing note. \sa INoteExpressionController
\see NoteExpressionTypeInfo
*/
struct NoteExpressionTextEvent
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< see \ref NoteExpressionTypeID (kTextTypeID or kPhoneticTypeID)
int32 noteId; ///< associated note identifier to apply the change
uint32 textLen; ///< the number of characters (TChar) between the beginning of text and the terminating
///< null character (without including the terminating null character itself)
const TChar* text; ///< UTF-16, null terminated
};
#if SMTG_OS_WINDOWS && !SMTG_PLATFORM_64
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
#endif
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** NoteExpressionTypeInfo is the structure describing a note expression supported by the plug-in.
This structure is used by the method \ref INoteExpressionController::getNoteExpressionInfo.
\see INoteExpressionController
*/
struct NoteExpressionTypeInfo
{
NoteExpressionTypeID typeId; ///< unique identifier of this note Expression type
String128 title; ///< note Expression type title (e.g. "Volume")
String128 shortTitle; ///< note Expression type short title (e.g. "Vol")
String128 units; ///< note Expression type unit (e.g. "dB")
int32 unitId; ///< id of unit this NoteExpression belongs to (see \ref vst3Units), in order to sort the note expression, it is possible to use unitId like for parameters. -1 means no unit used.
NoteExpressionValueDescription valueDesc; ///< value description see \ref NoteExpressionValueDescription
ParamID associatedParameterId; ///< optional associated parameter ID (for mapping from note expression to global (using the parameter automation for example) and back). Only used when kAssociatedParameterIDValid is set in flags.
int32 flags; ///< NoteExpressionTypeFlags (see below)
enum NoteExpressionTypeFlags
{
kIsBipolar = 1 << 0, ///< event is bipolar (centered), otherwise unipolar
kIsOneShot = 1 << 1, ///< event occurs only one time for its associated note (at begin of the noteOn)
kIsAbsolute = 1 << 2, ///< This note expression will apply an absolute change to the sound (not relative (offset))
kAssociatedParameterIDValid = 1 << 3,///< indicates that the associatedParameterID is valid and could be used
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for note expression event support:
Vst::INoteExpressionController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
With this plug-in interface, the host can retrieve all necessary note expression information
supported by the plug-in. Note expression information (\ref NoteExpressionTypeInfo) are specific for
given channel and event bus.
Note that there is only one NoteExpressionTypeID per given channel of an event bus.
The method getNoteExpressionStringByValue allows conversion from a normalized value to a string
representation and the getNoteExpressionValueByString method from a string to a normalized value.
When the note expression state changes (for example when switching presets) the plug-in needs
to inform the host about it via \ref IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kNoteExpressionChanged).
*/
class INoteExpressionController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns number of supported note change types for event bus index and channel.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionCount (int32 busIndex /*in*/,
int16 channel /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns note change type info.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionInfo (int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/,
int32 noteExpressionIndex /*in*/,
NoteExpressionTypeInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
/** Gets a user readable representation of the normalized note change value.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionStringByValue (
int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/, NoteExpressionTypeID id /*in*/,
NoteExpressionValue valueNormalized /*in*/, String128 string /*out*/) = 0;
/** Converts the user readable representation to the normalized note change value.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getNoteExpressionValueByString (
int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/, NoteExpressionTypeID id /*in*/,
const TChar* string /*in*/, NoteExpressionValue& valueNormalized /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionController, 0xB7F8F859, 0x41234872, 0x91169581, 0x4F3721A3)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** KeyswitchTypeIDs describes the type of a key switch
\see KeyswitchInfo
*/
enum KeyswitchTypeIDs : uint32
{
kNoteOnKeyswitchTypeID = 0, ///< press before noteOn is played
kOnTheFlyKeyswitchTypeID, ///< press while noteOn is played
kOnReleaseKeyswitchTypeID, ///< press before entering release
kKeyRangeTypeID ///< key should be maintained pressed for playing
};
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
typedef uint32 KeyswitchTypeID;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** KeyswitchInfo is the structure describing a key switch
This structure is used by the method \ref IKeyswitchController::getKeyswitchInfo.
\see IKeyswitchController
*/
struct KeyswitchInfo
{
KeyswitchTypeID typeId; ///< see KeyswitchTypeID
String128 title; ///< name of key switch (e.g. "Accentuation")
String128 shortTitle; ///< short title (e.g. "Acc")
int32 keyswitchMin; ///< associated main key switch min (value between [0, 127])
int32 keyswitchMax; ///< associated main key switch max (value between [0, 127])
int32 keyRemapped; /** optional remapped key switch (default -1), the plug-in could provide one remapped
key for a key switch (allowing better location on the keyboard of the key switches) */
int32 unitId; ///< id of unit this key switch belongs to (see \ref vst3Units), -1 means no unit used.
int32 flags; ///< not yet used (set to 0)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for key switches support: Vst::IKeyswitchController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
When a (instrument) plug-in supports such interface, the host could get from the plug-in the current
set of used key switches (megatrig/articulation) for a given channel of a event bus and then
automatically use them (like in Cubase 6) to create VST Expression Map (allowing to associated
symbol to a given articulation / key switch).
*/
class IKeyswitchController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns number of supported key switches for event bus index and channel.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getKeyswitchCount (int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/) = 0;
/** Returns key switch info.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getKeyswitchInfo (int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/,
int32 keySwitchIndex /*in*/,
KeyswitchInfo& info /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IKeyswitchController, 0x1F2F76D3, 0xBFFB4B96, 0xB99527A5, 0x5EBCCEF4)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterchanges.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 09/2005
// Description : VST Parameter Change Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Queue of changes for a specific parameter: Vst::IParamValueQueue
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
The change queue can be interpreted as segment of an automation curve. For each
processing block, a segment with the size of the block is transmitted to the processor.
The curve is expressed as sampling points of a linear approximation of
the original automation curve. If the original already is a linear curve, it can
be transmitted precisely. A non-linear curve has to be converted to a linear
approximation by the host. Every point of the value queue defines a linear
section of the curve as a straight line from the previous point of a block to
the new one. So the plug-in can calculate the value of the curve for any sample
position in the block.
<b>Implicit Points:</b> \n
In each processing block, the section of the curve for each parameter is transmitted.
In order to reduce the amount of points, the point at block position 0 can be omitted.
- If the curve has a slope of 0 over a period of multiple blocks, only one point is
transmitted for the block where the constant curve section starts. The queue for the following
blocks will be empty as long as the curve slope is 0.
- If the curve has a constant slope other than 0 over the period of several blocks, only
the value for the last sample of the block is transmitted. In this case, the last valid point
is at block position -1. The processor can calculate the value for each sample in the block
by using a linear interpolation:
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
double x1 = -1; // position of last point related to current buffer
double y1 = currentParameterValue; // last transmitted value
int32 pointTime = 0;
ParamValue pointValue = 0;
IParamValueQueue::getPoint (0, pointTime, pointValue);
double x2 = pointTime;
double y2 = pointValue;
double slope = (y2 - y1) / (x2 - x1);
double offset = y1 - (slope * x1);
double curveValue = (slope * bufferTime) + offset; // bufferTime is any position in buffer
\endcode
\b Jumps:
\n
A jump in the automation curve has to be transmitted as two points: one with the
old value and one with the new value at the next sample position.
\image html "automation.jpg"
See \ref IParameterChanges, \ref ProcessData
*/
class IParamValueQueue : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns its associated ID. */
virtual ParamID PLUGIN_API getParameterId () = 0;
/** Returns count of points in the queue. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getPointCount () = 0;
/** Gets the value and offset at a given index. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPoint (int32 index /*in*/, int32& sampleOffset /*out*/,
ParamValue& value /*out*/) = 0;
/** Adds a new value at the end of the queue, its index is returned. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API addPoint (int32 sampleOffset /*in*/, ParamValue value /*in*/,
int32& index /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParamValueQueue, 0x01263A18, 0xED074F6F, 0x98C9D356, 0x4686F9BA)
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
/** All parameter changes of a processing block: Vst::IParameterChanges
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [mandatory]
This interface is used to transmit any changes to be applied to parameters
in the current processing block. A change can be caused by GUI interaction as
well as automation. They are transmitted as a list of queues (\ref IParamValueQueue)
containing only queues for parameters that actually did change.
See \ref IParamValueQueue, \ref ProcessData
*/
class IParameterChanges : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns count of Parameter changes in the list. */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getParameterCount () = 0;
/** Returns the queue at a given index. */
virtual IParamValueQueue* PLUGIN_API getParameterData (int32 index /*in*/) = 0;
/** Adds a new parameter queue with a given ID at the end of the list,
returns it and its index in the parameter changes list. */
virtual IParamValueQueue* PLUGIN_API addParameterData (const ParamID& id /*in*/,
int32& index /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterChanges, 0xA4779663, 0x0BB64A56, 0xB44384A8, 0x466FEB9D)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstparameterfunctionname.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 03/2020
// Description : VST Parameter Function Name Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
namespace FunctionNameType {
//--------------------------------------------------------------------
const CString kCompGainReduction = "Comp:GainReduction"; /** */
const CString kCompGainReductionMax = "Comp:GainReductionMax";
const CString kCompGainReductionPeakHold = "Comp:GainReductionPeakHold";
const CString kCompResetGainReductionMax = "Comp:ResetGainReductionMax";
const CString kLowLatencyMode = "LowLatencyMode"; /** Useful for live situation where low
latency is required:
0 means LowLatency disable,
1 means LowLatency enable */
const CString kDryWetMix = "DryWetMix"; /** Allowing to mix the original (Dry) Signal with the processed one (Wet):
0.0 means Dry Signal only,
0.5 means 50% Dry Signal + 50% Wet Signal,
1.0 means Wet Signal only */
const CString kRandomize = "Randomize"; /** Allow to assign some randomized values to some
parameters in a controlled way*/
/// Panner Type
const CString kPanPosCenterX = "PanPosCenterX"; ///< Gravity point X-axis [0, 1]=>[L-R] (for stereo: middle between left and right)
const CString kPanPosCenterY = "PanPosCenterY"; ///< Gravity point Y-axis [0, 1]=>[Front-Rear]
const CString kPanPosCenterZ = "PanPosCenterZ"; ///< Gravity point Z-axis [0, 1]=>[Bottom-Top]
} // FunctionNameType
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller component interface extension: Vst::IParameterFunctionName
\ingroup vstIPlug vst370
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.7.0]
- [optional]
This interface allows the host to get a parameter associated to a specific meaning (a functionName)
for a given unit. The host can use this information, for example, for drawing a Gain Reduction meter
in its own UI. In order to get the plain value of this parameter, the host should use the
IEditController::normalizedParamToPlain. The host can automatically map parameters to dedicated UI
controls, such as the wet-dry mix knob or Randomize button.
\section IParameterFunctionNameExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// here an example of how a VST3 plug-in could support this IParameterFunctionName interface.
// we need to define somewhere the iids:
// in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::IParameterFunctionName
{
// ...
tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID, FIDString functionName,
Vst::ParamID& paramID) override;
// ...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
// ...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::IParameterFunctionName)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
DELEGATE_REFCOUNT (Vst::EditController)
// ...
}
#include "ivstparameterfunctionname.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (IParameterFunctionName)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID, FIDString
functionName, Vst::ParamID& paramID)
{
using namespace Vst;
paramID = kNoParamId;
if (unitID == kRootUnitId && FIDStringsEqual (functionName, kCompGainReduction))
paramID = kMyGainReductionId;
return (paramID != kNoParamId) ? kResultOk : kResultFalse;
}
//--- a host implementation example: --------------------
// ...
FUnknownPtr<Vst::IParameterFunctionName> functionName (mEditController->getIEditController ());
if (functionName)
{
Vst::ParamID paramID;
if (functionName->getParameterIDFromFunctionName (kRootUnitId,
Vst::FunctionNameType::kCompGainReduction, paramID) == kResultTrue)
{
// paramID could be cached for performance issue
ParamValue norm = mEditController->getIEditController ()->getParamNormalized (paramID);
ParamValue plain = mEditController->getIEditController ()->normalizedParamToPlain (paramID, norm);
// plain is something like -6 (-6dB)
}
}
\endcode
*/
class IParameterFunctionName : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Gets for the given unitID the associated paramID to a function Name.
* Returns kResultFalse when no found parameter (paramID is set to kNoParamId in this case).
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getParameterIDFromFunctionName (UnitID unitID /*in*/,
FIDString functionName /*in*/,
ParamID& paramID /*inout*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterFunctionName, 0x6D21E1DC, 0x91199D4B, 0xA2A02FEF, 0x6C1AE55C)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstphysicalui.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 06/2018
// Description : VST Physical User Interface support
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
/** Physical UI Type */
typedef uint32 PhysicalUITypeID;
/**@}*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUITypeIDs describes the type of Physical UI (PUI) which could be associated to a note
expression.
\see PhysicalUIMap
*/
enum PhysicalUITypeIDs
{
/** absolute X position when touching keys of PUIs. Range [0=left, 0.5=middle, 1=right] */
kPUIXMovement = 0,
/** absolute Y position when touching keys of PUIs. Range [0=bottom/near, 0.5=center, 1=top/far] */
kPUIYMovement,
/** pressing a key down on keys of PUIs. Range [0=No Pressure, 1=Full Pressure] */
kPUIPressure,
kPUITypeCount, ///< count of current defined PUIs
kInvalidPUITypeID = 0xFFFFFFFF ///< indicates an invalid or not initialized PUI type
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUIMap describes a mapping of a noteExpression Type to a Physical UI Type.
It is used in PhysicalUIMapList.
\see PhysicalUIMapList
*/
struct PhysicalUIMap
{
/** This represents the physical UI. /see PhysicalUITypeIDs, this is set by the caller of
* getPhysicalUIMapping */
PhysicalUITypeID physicalUITypeID;
/** This represents the associated noteExpression TypeID to the given physicalUITypeID. This
* will be filled by the plug-in in the call getPhysicalUIMapping, set it to kInvalidTypeID if
* no Note Expression is associated to the given PUI. */
NoteExpressionTypeID noteExpressionTypeID;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** PhysicalUIMapList describes a list of PhysicalUIMap
\see INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
*/
struct PhysicalUIMapList
{
/** Count of entries in the map array, set by the caller of getPhysicalUIMapping. */
uint32 count;
/** Pointer to a list of PhysicalUIMap containing count entries. */
PhysicalUIMap* map;
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for note expression event support: Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
\ingroup vstIPlug vst3611
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.6.11]
- [optional]
With this plug-in interface, the host can retrieve the preferred physical mapping associated to note
expression supported by the plug-in.
When the mapping changes (for example when switching presets) the plug-in needs
to inform the host about it via \ref IComponentHandler::restartComponent (kNoteExpressionChanged).
\section INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMappingExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// here an example of how a VST3 plug-in could support this INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping interface.
// we need to define somewhere the iids:
//in MyController class declaration
class MyController : public Vst::EditController, public Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping
{
// ...
//--- INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping ---------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, PhysicalUIMapList& list) SMTG_OVERRIDE;
// ...
OBJ_METHODS (MyController, Vst::EditController)
DEFINE_INTERFACES
// ...
DEF_INTERFACE (Vst::INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping)
END_DEFINE_INTERFACES (Vst::EditController)
//...
}
// In mycontroller.cpp
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstnoteexpression.h"
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
DEF_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping)
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyController::getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex, int16 channel, PhysicalUIMapList& list)
{
if (busIndex == 0 && channel == 0)
{
for (uint32 i = 0; i < list.count; ++i)
{
NoteExpressionTypeID type = kInvalidTypeID;
if (kPUIXMovement == list.map[i].physicalUITypeID)
list.map[i].noteExpressionTypeID = kCustomStart + 1;
else if (kPUIYMovement == list.map[i].physicalUITypeID)
list.map[i].noteExpressionTypeID = kCustomStart + 2;
}
return kResultTrue;
}
return kResultFalse;
}
\endcode
*/
class INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Fills the list of mapped [physical UI (in) - note expression (out)] for a given bus index
* and channel.
* \note [UI-thread & Connected] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPhysicalUIMapping (int32 busIndex /*in*/, int16 channel /*in*/,
PhysicalUIMapList& list /*inout*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (INoteExpressionPhysicalUIMapping, 0xB03078FF, 0x94D24AC8, 0x90CCD303, 0xD4133324)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstpluginterfacesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 11/2018
// Description : VST Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback interface for an edit controller: Vst::IPlugInterfaceSupport
\ingroup vstIHost vst3612
- [host imp]
- [released: 3.6.12]
- [optional]
Allows a plug-in to ask the host if a given plug-in interface is supported/used by the host.
It is implemented by the hostContext given when the component is initialized.
\section IPlugInterfaceSupportExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API MyPluginController::initialize (FUnknown* context)
{
// ...
FUnknownPtr<IPlugInterfaceSupport> plugInterfaceSupport (context);
if (plugInterfaceSupport)
{
if (plugInterfaceSupport->isPlugInterfaceSupported (IMidiMapping::iid) == kResultTrue)
// IMidiMapping is used by the host
}
// ...
}
\endcode
\see IPluginBase
*/
class IPlugInterfaceSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Returns kResultTrue if the associated interface to the given _iid is supported/used by the host. */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API isPlugInterfaceSupported (const TUID _iid) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPlugInterfaceSupport, 0x4FB58B9E, 0x9EAA4E0F, 0xAB361C1C, 0xCCB56FEA)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
+63
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstplugview.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 01/2009
// Description : Plug-in User Interface Extension
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IParameterFinder Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extension for IPlugView to find view parameters (lookup value under mouse support): Vst::IParameterFinder
\ingroup pluginGUI vst302
- [plug imp]
- [extends IPlugView]
- [released: 3.0.2]
- [optional]
It is highly recommended to implement this interface.
A host can implement important functionality when a plug-in supports this interface.
For example, all Steinberg hosts require this interface in order to support the "AI Knob".
*/
class IParameterFinder: public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Find out which parameter in plug-in view is at given position (relative to plug-in view).
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected) & plugView] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API findParameter (int32 xPos, int32 yPos, ParamID& resultTag /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IParameterFinder, 0x0F618302, 0x215D4587, 0xA512073C, 0x77B9D383)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprefetchablesupport.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2015
// Description : VST Prefetchable Support Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstattributes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \ingroup vst3typedef */
/**@{*/
/** Prefetchable Support Type */
typedef uint32 PrefetchableSupport;
/**@}*/
/** Prefetchable Support Enum */
enum ePrefetchableSupport
{
kIsNeverPrefetchable = 0, ///< every instance of the plug does not support prefetch processing
kIsYetPrefetchable, ///< in the current state the plug support prefetch processing
kIsNotYetPrefetchable, ///< in the current state the plug does not support prefetch processing
kNumPrefetchableSupport
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// IPrefetchableSupport Interface
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Indicates that the plug-in could or not support Prefetch (dynamically): Vst::IPrefetchableSupport
\ingroup vstIPlug vst365
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
The plug-in should implement this interface if it needs to dynamically change between prefetchable or not.
By default (without implementing this interface) the host decides in which mode the plug-in is processed.
For more info about the prefetch processing mode check the ProcessModes::kPrefetch documentation.
\section IPrefetchableSupportExample Example
\code{.cpp}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
tresult PLUGIN_API myPlug::getPrefetchableSupport (PrefetchableSupport& prefetchable)
{
prefetchable = kIsNeverPrefetchable;
switch (myPrefetchableMode)
{
case 0: prefetchable = kIsNeverPrefetchable; break;
case 1: prefetchable = kIsYetPrefetchable; break;
case 2: prefetchable = kIsNotYetPrefetchable; break;
}
return kResultOk;
}
\endcode
*/
class IPrefetchableSupport : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** retrieve the current prefetch support. Use IComponentHandler::restartComponent
* (kPrefetchableSupportChanged) to inform the host that this support has changed.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected | Setup Done | Activated | Processing)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getPrefetchableSupport (PrefetchableSupport& prefetchable /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IPrefetchableSupport, 0x8AE54FDA, 0xE93046B9, 0xA28555BC, 0xDC98E21E)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstprocesscontext.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 10/2005
// Description : VST Processing Context Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Frame Rate
A frame rate describes the number of image (frame) displayed per second.
Some examples:
- 23.976 fps is framesPerSecond: 24 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 24 fps is framesPerSecond: 24 and flags: 0
- 25 fps is framesPerSecond: 25 and flags: 0
- 29.97 drop fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kDropRate|kPullDownRate
- 29.97 fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 30 fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: 0
- 30 drop fps is framesPerSecond: 30 and flags: kDropRate
- 50 fps is framesPerSecond: 50 and flags: 0
- 59.94 fps is framesPerSecond: 60 and flags: kPullDownRate
- 60 fps is framesPerSecond: 60 and flags: 0
*/
struct FrameRate
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum FrameRateFlags
{
kPullDownRate = 1 << 0,
kDropRate = 1 << 1
};
uint32 framesPerSecond; ///< frame rate
uint32 flags; ///< flags #FrameRateFlags
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Description of a chord.
A chord is described with a key note, a root note and the
\copydoc chordMask
\see ProcessContext
*/
struct Chord
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
uint8 keyNote; ///< key note in chord
uint8 rootNote; ///< lowest note in chord
/** Bitmask of a chord. \n
1st bit set: minor second; 2nd bit set: major second, and so on. \n
There is \b no bit for the keynote (root of the chord) because it is inherently always present. \n
Examples:
- XXXX 0000 0100 1000 (= 0x0048) -> major chord
- XXXX 0000 0100 0100 (= 0x0044) -> minor chord
- XXXX 0010 0100 0100 (= 0x0244) -> minor chord with minor seventh */
int16 chordMask;
enum Masks {
kChordMask = 0x0FFF, ///< mask for chordMask
kReservedMask = 0xF000 ///< reserved for future use
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Audio processing context.
For each processing block the host provides timing information and musical parameters that can
change over time. For a host that supports jumps (like cycle) it is possible to split up a
processing block into multiple parts in order to provide a correct project time inside of every
block, but this behavior is not mandatory. Since the timing will be correct at the beginning of the
next block again, a host that is dependent on a fixed processing block size can choose to neglect
this problem.
\see IAudioProcessor, ProcessData
*/
struct ProcessContext
{
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Transport state & other flags */
enum StatesAndFlags
{
kPlaying = 1 << 1, ///< currently playing
kCycleActive = 1 << 2, ///< cycle is active
kRecording = 1 << 3, ///< currently recording
kSystemTimeValid = 1 << 8, ///< systemTime contains valid information
kContTimeValid = 1 << 17, ///< continousTimeSamples contains valid information
kProjectTimeMusicValid = 1 << 9,///< projectTimeMusic contains valid information
kBarPositionValid = 1 << 11, ///< barPositionMusic contains valid information
kCycleValid = 1 << 12, ///< cycleStartMusic and barPositionMusic contain valid information
kTempoValid = 1 << 10, ///< tempo contains valid information
kTimeSigValid = 1 << 13, ///< timeSigNumerator and timeSigDenominator contain valid information
kChordValid = 1 << 18, ///< chord contains valid information
kSmpteValid = 1 << 14, ///< smpteOffset and frameRate contain valid information
kClockValid = 1 << 15 ///< samplesToNextClock valid
};
uint32 state; ///< a combination of the values from \ref StatesAndFlags
double sampleRate; ///< current sample rate (always valid)
TSamples projectTimeSamples; ///< project time in samples (always valid)
int64 systemTime; ///< system time in nanoseconds (optional)
TSamples continousTimeSamples; ///< project time, without loop (optional)
TQuarterNotes projectTimeMusic; ///< musical position in quarter notes (1.0 equals 1 quarter note) (optional)
TQuarterNotes barPositionMusic; ///< last bar start position, in quarter notes (optional)
TQuarterNotes cycleStartMusic; ///< cycle start in quarter notes (optional)
TQuarterNotes cycleEndMusic; ///< cycle end in quarter notes (optional)
double tempo; ///< tempo in BPM (Beats Per Minute) (optional)
int32 timeSigNumerator; ///< time signature numerator (e.g. 3 for 3/4) (optional)
int32 timeSigDenominator; ///< time signature denominator (e.g. 4 for 3/4) (optional)
Chord chord; ///< musical info (optional)
int32 smpteOffsetSubframes; ///< SMPTE (sync) offset in subframes (1/80 of frame) (optional)
FrameRate frameRate; ///< frame rate (optional)
int32 samplesToNextClock; ///< MIDI Clock Resolution (24 Per Quarter Note), can be negative (nearest) (optional)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstremapparamid.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 02/2024
// Description : VST Edit Controller Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended IEditController interface for a component.
\ingroup vstIPlug vst3711
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.7.11]
- [optional]
When replacing one plug-in with another, the host can ask the new plug-in for remapping paramIDs to
new ones.
\n
\see Moduleinfo
\see \ref IPluginCompatibility
\see IEditController
*/
class IRemapParamID : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Retrieve the appropriate paramID for a specific plug-in UID and paramID (or index for VST 2
* plug-ins).
* The retrieved paramID should match the one it replaces, maintaining the same
* behavior during automation playback. Called in UI-Thread context.
*
* @param[in] pluginToReplaceUID - TUID of plug-in (processor) that will be replaced
* @param[in] oldParamID - paramID (or index for VST 2 plug-ins) to be replaced
* @param[out] newParamID - contains the associated paramID to be used
*
* @return kResultTrue if a compatible parameter is available (newParamID has the appropriate
* value, it could be the same than oldParamID), or kResultFalse if no compatible parameter is
* available (newParamID is undefined).
*
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getCompatibleParamID (const TUID pluginToReplaceUID /*in*/,
ParamID oldParamID /*in*/,
ParamID& newParamID /*out*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IRemapParamID, 0x2B88021E, 0x6286B646, 0xB49DF76A, 0x5663061C)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstrepresentation.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 08/2010
// Description : VST Representation Interface
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** RepresentationInfo is the structure describing a representation
This structure is used in the function \see IXmlRepresentationController::getXmlRepresentationStream.
\see IXmlRepresentationController
*/
struct RepresentationInfo
{
RepresentationInfo ()
{
memset (vendor, 0, kNameSize);
memset (name, 0, kNameSize);
memset (version, 0, kNameSize);
memset (host, 0, kNameSize);
}
RepresentationInfo (char8* _vendor, char8* _name = nullptr, char8* _version = nullptr, char8* _host = nullptr)
{
memset (vendor, 0, kNameSize);
if (_vendor)
strcpy (vendor, _vendor);
memset (name, 0, kNameSize);
if (_name)
strcpy (name, _name);
memset (version, 0, kNameSize);
if (_version)
strcpy (version, _version);
memset (host, 0, kNameSize);
if (_host)
strcpy (host, _host);
}
enum
{
kNameSize = 64
};
char8 vendor[kNameSize]; ///< Vendor name of the associated representation (remote) (eg. "Yamaha").
char8 name[kNameSize]; ///< Representation (remote) Name (eg. "O2").
char8 version[kNameSize]; ///< Version of this "Remote" (eg. "1.0").
char8 host[kNameSize]; ///< Optional: used if the representation is for a given host only (eg. "Nuendo").
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Extended plug-in interface IEditController for a component: Vst::IXmlRepresentationController
\ingroup vstIPlug vst350
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.5.0]
- [optional]
A representation based on XML is a way to export, structure, and group plug-ins parameters for a specific remote (hardware or software rack (such as quick controls)).
\n
It allows to describe each parameter more precisely (what is the best matching to a knob, different title lengths matching limited remote display,...).\n See an \ref Example.
\n\n
- A representation is composed of pages (this means that to see all exported parameters, the user has to navigate through the pages).
- A page is composed of cells (for example 8 cells per page).
- A cell is composed of layers (for example a cell could have a knob, a display, and a button, which means 3 layers).
- A layer is associated to a plug-in parameter using the ParameterID as identifier:
- it could be a knob with a display for title and/or value, this display uses the same parameterId, but it could an another one.
- switch
- link which allows to jump directly to a subpage (another page)
- more... See Vst::LayerType
.
\n
This representation is implemented as XML text following the Document Type Definition (DTD): http://dtd.steinberg.net/VST-Remote-1.1.dtd
\section Example
Here an example of what should be passed in the stream of getXmlRepresentationStream:
\code
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE vstXML PUBLIC "-//Steinberg//DTD VST Remote 1.1//EN" "http://dtd.steinberg.net/VST-Remote-1.1.dtd">
<vstXML version="1.0">
<plugin classID="341FC5898AAA46A7A506BC0799E882AE" name="Chorus" vendor="Steinberg Media Technologies" />
<originator>My name</originator>
<date>2010-12-31</date>
<comment>This is an example for 4 Cells per Page for the Remote named ProductRemote
from company HardwareCompany.</comment>
<!-- ===================================== -->
<representation name="ProductRemote" vendor="HardwareCompany" version="1.0">
<page name="Root">
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="0">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Mix dry/wet</name>
<name>Mix</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="display"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="3">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Delay</name>
<name>Dly</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="15">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Spatial</name>
<name>Spat</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
</page>
<page name="Page 2">
<cell>
<layer type="LED" ledStyle="spread" parameterID="2">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Width +</name>
<name>Widt</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
<!--this is the switch for shape A/B-->
<layer type="switch" switchStyle="pushIncLooped" parameterID="4"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="display"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="LED" ledStyle="singleDot" parameterID="17">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Sync Note +</name>
<name>Note</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
<!--this is the switch for sync to tempo on /off-->
<layer type="switch" switchStyle="pushIncLooped" parameterID="16"></layer>
</cell>
<cell>
<layer type="knob" parameterID="1">
<titleDisplay>
<name>Rate</name>
</titleDisplay>
</layer>
</cell>
</page>
</representation>
</vstXML>
\endcode
*/
class IXmlRepresentationController : public FUnknown
{
public:
/** Retrieves a stream containing a XmlRepresentation for a wanted representation info.
* \note [UI-thread & Initialized] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getXmlRepresentationStream (RepresentationInfo& info /*in*/,
IBStream* stream /*inout*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IXmlRepresentationController, 0xA81A0471, 0x48C34DC4, 0xAC30C9E1, 0x3C8393D5)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Defines for XML representation Tags and Attributes */
#define ROOTXML_TAG "vstXML"
#define COMMENT_TAG "comment"
#define CELL_TAG "cell"
#define CELLGROUP_TAG "cellGroup"
#define CELLGROUPTEMPLATE_TAG "cellGroupTemplate"
#define CURVE_TAG "curve"
#define CURVETEMPLATE_TAG "curveTemplate"
#define DATE_TAG "date"
#define LAYER_TAG "layer"
#define NAME_TAG "name"
#define ORIGINATOR_TAG "originator"
#define PAGE_TAG "page"
#define PAGETEMPLATE_TAG "pageTemplate"
#define PLUGIN_TAG "plugin"
#define VALUE_TAG "value"
#define VALUEDISPLAY_TAG "valueDisplay"
#define VALUELIST_TAG "valueList"
#define REPRESENTATION_TAG "representation"
#define SEGMENT_TAG "segment"
#define SEGMENTLIST_TAG "segmentList"
#define TITLEDISPLAY_TAG "titleDisplay"
#define ATTR_CATEGORY "category"
#define ATTR_CLASSID "classID"
#define ATTR_ENDPOINT "endPoint"
#define ATTR_INDEX "index"
#define ATTR_FLAGS "flags"
#define ATTR_FUNCTION "function"
#define ATTR_HOST "host"
#define ATTR_LEDSTYLE "ledStyle"
#define ATTR_LENGTH "length"
#define ATTR_LINKEDTO "linkedTo"
#define ATTR_NAME "name"
#define ATTR_ORDER "order"
#define ATTR_PAGE "page"
#define ATTR_PARAMID "parameterID"
#define ATTR_STARTPOINT "startPoint"
#define ATTR_STYLE "style"
#define ATTR_SWITCHSTYLE "switchStyle"
#define ATTR_TEMPLATE "template"
#define ATTR_TURNSPERFULLRANGE "turnsPerFullRange"
#define ATTR_TYPE "type"
#define ATTR_UNITID "unitID"
#define ATTR_VARIABLES "variables"
#define ATTR_VENDOR "vendor"
#define ATTR_VERSION "version"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Defines some predefined Representation Remote Names */
#define GENERIC "Generic"
#define GENERIC_4_CELLS "Generic 4 Cells"
#define GENERIC_8_CELLS "Generic 8 Cells"
#define GENERIC_12_CELLS "Generic 12 Cells"
#define GENERIC_24_CELLS "Generic 24 Cells"
#define GENERIC_N_CELLS "Generic %d Cells"
#define QUICK_CONTROL_8_CELLS "Quick Controls 8 Cells"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Layer Types used in a VST XML Representation */
namespace LayerType
{
enum
{
kKnob = 0, ///< a knob (encoder or not)
kPressedKnob, ///< a knob which is used by pressing and turning
kSwitchKnob, ///< knob could be pressed to simulate a switch
kSwitch, ///< a "on/off" button
kLED, ///< LED like VU-meter or display around a knob
kLink, ///< indicates that this layer is a folder linked to an another INode (page)
kDisplay, ///< only for text display (not really a control)
kFader, ///< a fader
kEndOfLayerType
};
/** FIDString variant of the LayerType */
static const FIDString layerTypeFIDString[] = {
"knob"
,"pressedKnob"
,"switchKnob"
,"switch"
,"LED"
,"link"
,"display"
,"fader"
,nullptr
};
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Curve Types used in a VST XML Representation */
namespace CurveType
{
const CString kSegment = "segment"; ///<
const CString kValueList = "valueList"; ///<
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes used to defined a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace Attributes
{
const CString kStyle = ATTR_STYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kLEDStyle = ATTR_LEDSTYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kSwitchStyle = ATTR_SWITCHSTYLE; ///< string attribute : See AttributesStyle for available string value
const CString kKnobTurnsPerFullRange = ATTR_TURNSPERFULLRANGE; ///< float attribute
const CString kFunction = ATTR_FUNCTION; ///< string attribute : See AttributesFunction for available string value
const CString kFlags = ATTR_FLAGS; ///< string attribute : See AttributesFlags for available string value
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Function used to defined the function of a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesFunction
{
/// Global Style
const CString kPanPosCenterXFunc = "PanPosCenterX"; ///< Gravity point X-axis (L-R) (for stereo: middle between left and right)
const CString kPanPosCenterYFunc = "PanPosCenterY"; ///< Gravity point Y-axis (Front-Rear)
const CString kPanPosFrontLeftXFunc = "PanPosFrontLeftX"; ///< Left channel Position in X-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontLeftYFunc = "PanPosFrontLeftY"; ///< Left channel Position in Y-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontRightXFunc = "PanPosFrontRightX"; ///< Right channel Position in X-axis
const CString kPanPosFrontRightYFunc = "PanPosFrontRightY"; ///< Right channel Position in Y-axis
const CString kPanRotationFunc = "PanRotation"; ///< Rotation around the Center (gravity point)
const CString kPanLawFunc = "PanLaw"; ///< Panning Law
const CString kPanMirrorModeFunc = "PanMirrorMode"; ///< Panning Mirror Mode
const CString kPanLfeGainFunc = "PanLfeGain"; ///< Panning LFE Gain
const CString kGainReductionFunc = "GainReduction"; ///< Gain Reduction for compressor
const CString kSoloFunc = "Solo"; ///< Solo
const CString kMuteFunc = "Mute"; ///< Mute
const CString kVolumeFunc = "Volume"; ///< Volume
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Style associated a specific Layer Type in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesStyle
{
/// Global Style
const CString kInverseStyle = "inverse"; ///< the associated layer should use the inverse value of parameter (1 - x).
/// LED Style
const CString kLEDWrapLeftStyle = "wrapLeft"; ///< |======>----- (the default one if not specified)
const CString kLEDWrapRightStyle = "wrapRight"; ///< -------<====|
const CString kLEDSpreadStyle = "spread"; ///< ---<==|==>---
const CString kLEDBoostCutStyle = "boostCut"; ///< ------|===>--
const CString kLEDSingleDotStyle = "singleDot"; ///< --------|----
/// Switch Style
const CString kSwitchPushStyle = "push"; ///< Apply only when pressed, unpressed will reset the value to min.
const CString kSwitchPushIncLoopedStyle = "pushIncLooped"; ///< Push will increment the value. When the max is reached it will restart with min.
///< The default one if not specified (with 2 states values it is a OnOff switch).
const CString kSwitchPushDecLoopedStyle = "pushDecLooped"; ///< Push will decrement the value. When the min is reached it will restart with max.
const CString kSwitchPushIncStyle = "pushInc"; ///< Increment after each press (delta depends of the curve).
const CString kSwitchPushDecStyle = "pushDec"; ///< Decrement after each press (delta depends of the curve).
const CString kSwitchLatchStyle = "latch"; ///< Each push-release will change the value between min and max.
///< A timeout between push and release could be used to simulate a push style (if timeout is reached).
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Attributes Flags defining a Layer in a VST XML Representation */
namespace AttributesFlags
{
const CString kHideableFlag = "hideable"; ///< the associated layer marked as hideable allows a remote to hide or make it not usable a parameter when the associated value is inactive
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Flags : clang-format SMTGSequencer
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Validator
// Filename : public.sdk/source/vst/testsuite/iplugprovider.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 04/2005
// Description : VST Test Suite
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/istringresult.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivstcomponent.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/ivsteditcontroller.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Test Helper.
* \ingroup TestClass
*
* This class provides access to the component and the controller of a plug-in when running a unit
* test (see ITest).
* You get this interface as the context argument in the ITestFactory::createTests method.
*/
class ITestPlugProvider : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** get the component of the plug-in.
*
* The reference count of the component is increased in this function and you need to call
* releasePlugIn when done with the component.
*/
virtual IComponent* PLUGIN_API getComponent () = 0;
/** get the controller of the plug-in.
*
* The reference count of the controller is increased in this function and you need to call
* releasePlugIn when done with the controller.
*/
virtual IEditController* PLUGIN_API getController () = 0;
/** release the component and/or controller */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API releasePlugIn (IComponent* component /*in*/,
IEditController* controller /*in*/) = 0;
/** get the sub categories of the plug-in */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getSubCategories (IStringResult& result /*out*/) const = 0;
/** get the component UID of the plug-in */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getComponentUID (FUID& uid /*out*/) const = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider, 0x86BE70EE, 0x4E99430F, 0x978F1E6E, 0xD68FB5BA)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Test Helper extension.
* \ingroup TestClass
*/
class ITestPlugProvider2 : public ITestPlugProvider
{
public:
/** get the plugin factory.
*
* The reference count of the returned factory object is not increased when calling this
* function.
*/
virtual IPluginFactory* PLUGIN_API getPluginFactory () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (ITestPlugProvider2, 0xC7C75364, 0x7B8343AC, 0xA4495B0A, 0x3E5A46C7)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // Vst
} // Steinberg
+307
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/ivstunits.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2005
// Description : VST Units Interfaces
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/funknown.h"
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpush.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
class IBStream;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special UnitIDs for UnitInfo */
static const UnitID kRootUnitId = 0; ///< identifier for the top level unit (root)
static const UnitID kNoParentUnitId = -1; ///< used for the root unit which does not have a parent.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special ProgramListIDs for UnitInfo */
static const ProgramListID kNoProgramListId = -1; ///< no programs are used in the unit.
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Unit Description.
\see IUnitInfo
*/
struct UnitInfo
{
UnitID id; ///< unit identifier
UnitID parentUnitId; ///< identifier of parent unit (kNoParentUnitId: does not apply, this unit is the root)
String128 name; ///< name, optional for the root component, required otherwise
ProgramListID programListId; ///< id of program list used in unit (kNoProgramListId = no programs used in this unit)
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Basic Program List Description.
\see IUnitInfo
*/
struct ProgramListInfo
{
ProgramListID id; ///< program list identifier
String128 name; ///< name of program list
int32 programCount; ///< number of programs in this list
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Special programIndex value for IUnitHandler::notifyProgramListChange */
static const int32 kAllProgramInvalid = -1; ///< all program information is invalid
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback for unit support: Vst::IUnitHandler
\ingroup vstIHost vst300
- [host imp]
- [extends IComponentHandler]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
Host callback interface, used with IUnitInfo.
Retrieve via queryInterface from IComponentHandler.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitInfo
*/
class IUnitHandler : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Notify host when a module is selected in plug-in GUI.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyUnitSelection (UnitID unitId) = 0;
/** Tell host that the plug-in controller changed a program list (rename, load, PitchName
* changes).
* \param listId is the specified program list ID to inform.
* \param programIndex: when kAllProgramInvalid, all program information is invalid, otherwise
* only the program of given index.
*
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyProgramListChange (ProgramListID listId,
int32 programIndex) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler, 0x4B5147F8, 0x4654486B, 0x8DAB30BA, 0x163A3C56)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Host callback for extended unit support: Vst::IUnitHandler2
\ingroup vstIHost vst365
- [host imp]
- [extends IUnitHandler]
- [released: 3.6.5]
- [optional]
Host callback interface, used with IUnitInfo.
Retrieve via queryInterface from IComponentHandler.
The plug-in has the possibility to inform the host with notifyUnitByBusChange that something has
changed in the bus - unit assignment, the host then has to recall IUnitInfo::getUnitByBus in order
to get the new relations between busses and unit.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitHandler
*/
class IUnitHandler2 : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Tell host that assignment Unit-Bus defined by IUnitInfo::getUnitByBus has changed.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API notifyUnitByBusChange () = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitHandler2, 0xF89F8CDF, 0x699E4BA5, 0x96AAC9A4, 0x81452B01)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Edit controller extension to describe the plug-in structure: Vst::IUnitInfo
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IEditController]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
IUnitInfo describes the internal structure of the plug-in.
- The root unit is the component itself, so getUnitCount must return 1 at least.
- The root unit id has to be 0 (kRootUnitId).
- Each unit can reference one program list - this reference must not change.
- Each unit, using a program list, references one program of the list.
\see \ref vst3Units, IUnitHandler
*/
class IUnitInfo : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns the flat count of units.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getUnitCount () = 0;
/** Gets UnitInfo for a given index in the flat list of unit.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitInfo (int32 unitIndex, UnitInfo& info /*inout*/) = 0;
//--- Component intern program structure ----------------
/** Gets the count of Program List.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual int32 PLUGIN_API getProgramListCount () = 0;
/** Gets for a given index the Program List Info.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramListInfo (int32 listIndex,
ProgramListInfo& info /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID and program index its program name.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
String128 name /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID, program index and attributeId the associated attribute
* value.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramInfo (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
CString attributeId /*in*/,
String128 attributeValue /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Returns kResultTrue if the given program index of a given program list ID supports
* PitchNames.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API hasProgramPitchNames (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex) = 0;
/** Gets the PitchName for a given program list ID, program index and pitch.
* If PitchNames are changed the plug-in should inform the host with
* IUnitHandler::notifyProgramListChange.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramPitchName (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
int16 midiPitch, String128 name /*inout*/) = 0;
//--- units selection --------------------
/** Gets the current selected unit.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual UnitID PLUGIN_API getSelectedUnit () = 0;
/** Sets a new selected unit.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API selectUnit (UnitID unitId) = 0;
/** Gets the according unit if there is an unambiguous relation between a channel or a bus and a
* unit. This method mainly is intended to find out which unit is related to a given MIDI input
* channel.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitByBus (MediaType type, BusDirection dir, int32 busIndex,
int32 channel, UnitID& unitId /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Receives a preset data stream.
* - If the component supports program list data (IProgramListData), the destination of the data
* stream is the program specified by list-Id and program index (first and second parameter)
* - If the component supports unit data (IUnitData), the destination is the unit specified by
* the first parameter - in this case parameter programIndex is < 0).
*
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setUnitProgramData (int32 listOrUnitId, int32 programIndex,
IBStream* data /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitInfo, 0x3D4BD6B5, 0x913A4FD2, 0xA886E768, 0xA5EB92C1)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component extension to access program list data: Vst::IProgramListData
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
A component can support program list data via this interface or/and
unit preset data (IUnitData).
\see IUnitData, \ref vst3MultitimbralPrograms
*/
class IProgramListData : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns kResultTrue if the given Program List ID supports Program Data.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API programDataSupported (ProgramListID listId) = 0;
/** Gets for a given program list ID and program index the program Data.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getProgramData (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
IBStream* data /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Sets for a given program list ID and program index a program Data.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setProgramData (ProgramListID listId, int32 programIndex,
IBStream* data /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IProgramListData, 0x8683B01F, 0x7B354F70, 0xA2651DEC, 0x353AF4FF)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Component extension to access unit data: Vst::IUnitData
\ingroup vstIPlug vst300
- [plug imp]
- [extends IComponent]
- [released: 3.0.0]
- [optional]
A component can support unit preset data via this interface or
program list data (IProgramListData).
\see \ref vst3ProgramLists
*/
class IUnitData : public FUnknown
{
public:
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Returns kResultTrue if the specified unit supports export and import of preset data.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API unitDataSupported (UnitID unitID) = 0;
/** Gets the preset data for the specified unit.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API getUnitData (UnitID unitId, IBStream* data /*inout*/) = 0;
/** Sets the preset data for the specified unit.
* \note [UI-thread & (Initialized | Connected)] */
virtual tresult PLUGIN_API setUnitData (UnitID unitId, IBStream* data /*in*/) = 0;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const FUID iid;
};
DECLARE_CLASS_IID (IUnitData, 0x6C389611, 0xD391455D, 0xB870B833, 0x94A0EFDD)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+440
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vstpresetkeys.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 2006
// Description : VST Preset Keys
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined Preset Attributes */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace PresetAttributes
{
/**
* \defgroup presetAttributes Predefined Preset Attributes
*/
/**@{*/
const CString kPlugInName = "PlugInName"; ///< plug-in name
const CString kPlugInCategory = "PlugInCategory"; ///< eg. "Fx|Dynamics", "Instrument", "Instrument|Synth"
const CString kInstrument = "MusicalInstrument";///< eg. instrument group (like 'Piano' or 'Piano|A. Piano')
const CString kStyle = "MusicalStyle"; ///< eg. 'Pop', 'Jazz', 'Classic'
const CString kCharacter = "MusicalCharacter"; ///< eg. instrument nature (like 'Soft' 'Dry' 'Acoustic')
const CString kStateType = "StateType"; ///< Type of the given state see \ref StateType : Project / Default Preset or Normal Preset
const CString kFilePathStringType = "FilePathString"; ///< Full file path string (if available) where the preset comes from (be sure to use a bigger string when asking for it (with 1024 characters))
const CString kName = "Name"; ///< name of the preset
const CString kFileName = "FileName"; ///< filename of the preset (including extension)
/**@}*/
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined StateType used for Key kStateType */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace StateType {
/**
* \defgroup stateType Context of State Restoration
* used for PresetAttributes::kStateType in IStreamAttributes
*/
/**@{*/
/** the state is restored from a project loading or it is saved in a project */
const CString kProject = "Project";
/** the state is restored from a preset (marked as default) or the host wants to store a default
* state of the plug-in */
const CString kDefault = "Default";
/** the state is restored from a track preset */
const CString kTrackPreset = "TrackPreset";
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/**@}*/
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined Musical Instrument */
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace MusicalInstrument
{
/**
* \defgroup musicalInstrument Predefined Musical Instrument
*/
/**@{*/
const CString kAccordion = "Accordion";
const CString kAccordionAccordion = "Accordion|Accordion";
const CString kAccordionHarmonica = "Accordion|Harmonica";
const CString kAccordionOther = "Accordion|Other";
const CString kBass = "Bass";
const CString kBassABass = "Bass|A. Bass";
const CString kBassEBass = "Bass|E. Bass";
const CString kBassSynthBass = "Bass|Synth Bass";
const CString kBassOther = "Bass|Other";
const CString kBrass = "Brass";
const CString kBrassFrenchHorn = "Brass|French Horn";
const CString kBrassTrumpet = "Brass|Trumpet";
const CString kBrassTrombone = "Brass|Trombone";
const CString kBrassTuba = "Brass|Tuba";
const CString kBrassSection = "Brass|Section";
const CString kBrassSynth = "Brass|Synth";
const CString kBrassOther = "Brass|Other";
const CString kChromaticPerc = "Chromatic Perc";
const CString kChromaticPercBell = "Chromatic Perc|Bell";
const CString kChromaticPercMallett = "Chromatic Perc|Mallett";
const CString kChromaticPercWood = "Chromatic Perc|Wood";
const CString kChromaticPercPercussion = "Chromatic Perc|Percussion";
const CString kChromaticPercTimpani = "Chromatic Perc|Timpani";
const CString kChromaticPercOther = "Chromatic Perc|Other";
const CString kDrumPerc = "Drum&Perc";
const CString kDrumPercDrumsetGM = "Drum&Perc|Drumset GM";
const CString kDrumPercDrumset = "Drum&Perc|Drumset";
const CString kDrumPercDrumMenues = "Drum&Perc|Drum Menues";
const CString kDrumPercBeats = "Drum&Perc|Beats";
const CString kDrumPercPercussion = "Drum&Perc|Percussion";
const CString kDrumPercKickDrum = "Drum&Perc|Kick Drum";
const CString kDrumPercSnareDrum = "Drum&Perc|Snare Drum";
const CString kDrumPercToms = "Drum&Perc|Toms";
const CString kDrumPercHiHats = "Drum&Perc|HiHats";
const CString kDrumPercCymbals = "Drum&Perc|Cymbals";
const CString kDrumPercOther = "Drum&Perc|Other";
const CString kEthnic = "Ethnic";
const CString kEthnicAsian = "Ethnic|Asian";
const CString kEthnicAfrican = "Ethnic|African";
const CString kEthnicEuropean = "Ethnic|European";
const CString kEthnicLatin = "Ethnic|Latin";
const CString kEthnicAmerican = "Ethnic|American";
const CString kEthnicAlien = "Ethnic|Alien";
const CString kEthnicOther = "Ethnic|Other";
const CString kGuitar = "Guitar/Plucked";
const CString kGuitarAGuitar = "Guitar/Plucked|A. Guitar";
const CString kGuitarEGuitar = "Guitar/Plucked|E. Guitar";
const CString kGuitarHarp = "Guitar/Plucked|Harp";
const CString kGuitarEthnic = "Guitar/Plucked|Ethnic";
const CString kGuitarOther = "Guitar/Plucked|Other";
const CString kKeyboard = "Keyboard";
const CString kKeyboardClavi = "Keyboard|Clavi";
const CString kKeyboardEPiano = "Keyboard|E. Piano";
const CString kKeyboardHarpsichord = "Keyboard|Harpsichord";
const CString kKeyboardOther = "Keyboard|Other";
const CString kMusicalFX = "Musical FX";
const CString kMusicalFXHitsStabs = "Musical FX|Hits&Stabs";
const CString kMusicalFXMotion = "Musical FX|Motion";
const CString kMusicalFXSweeps = "Musical FX|Sweeps";
const CString kMusicalFXBeepsBlips = "Musical FX|Beeps&Blips";
const CString kMusicalFXScratches = "Musical FX|Scratches";
const CString kMusicalFXOther = "Musical FX|Other";
const CString kOrgan = "Organ";
const CString kOrganElectric = "Organ|Electric";
const CString kOrganPipe = "Organ|Pipe";
const CString kOrganOther = "Organ|Other";
const CString kPiano = "Piano";
const CString kPianoAPiano = "Piano|A. Piano";
const CString kPianoEGrand = "Piano|E. Grand";
const CString kPianoOther = "Piano|Other";
const CString kSoundFX = "Sound FX";
const CString kSoundFXNature = "Sound FX|Nature";
const CString kSoundFXMechanical = "Sound FX|Mechanical";
const CString kSoundFXSynthetic = "Sound FX|Synthetic";
const CString kSoundFXOther = "Sound FX|Other";
const CString kStrings = "Strings";
const CString kStringsViolin = "Strings|Violin";
const CString kStringsViola = "Strings|Viola";
const CString kStringsCello = "Strings|Cello";
const CString kStringsBass = "Strings|Bass";
const CString kStringsSection = "Strings|Section";
const CString kStringsSynth = "Strings|Synth";
const CString kStringsOther = "Strings|Other";
const CString kSynthLead = "Synth Lead";
const CString kSynthLeadAnalog = "Synth Lead|Analog";
const CString kSynthLeadDigital = "Synth Lead|Digital";
const CString kSynthLeadArpeggio = "Synth Lead|Arpeggio";
const CString kSynthLeadOther = "Synth Lead|Other";
const CString kSynthPad = "Synth Pad";
const CString kSynthPadSynthChoir = "Synth Pad|Synth Choir";
const CString kSynthPadAnalog = "Synth Pad|Analog";
const CString kSynthPadDigital = "Synth Pad|Digital";
const CString kSynthPadMotion = "Synth Pad|Motion";
const CString kSynthPadOther = "Synth Pad|Other";
const CString kSynthComp = "Synth Comp";
const CString kSynthCompAnalog = "Synth Comp|Analog";
const CString kSynthCompDigital = "Synth Comp|Digital";
const CString kSynthCompOther = "Synth Comp|Other";
const CString kVocal = "Vocal";
const CString kVocalLeadVocal = "Vocal|Lead Vocal";
const CString kVocalAdlibs = "Vocal|Adlibs";
const CString kVocalChoir = "Vocal|Choir";
const CString kVocalSolo = "Vocal|Solo";
const CString kVocalFX = "Vocal|FX";
const CString kVocalSpoken = "Vocal|Spoken";
const CString kVocalOther = "Vocal|Other";
const CString kWoodwinds = "Woodwinds";
const CString kWoodwindsEthnic = "Woodwinds|Ethnic";
const CString kWoodwindsFlute = "Woodwinds|Flute";
const CString kWoodwindsOboe = "Woodwinds|Oboe";
const CString kWoodwindsEnglHorn = "Woodwinds|Engl. Horn";
const CString kWoodwindsClarinet = "Woodwinds|Clarinet";
const CString kWoodwindsSaxophone = "Woodwinds|Saxophone";
const CString kWoodwindsBassoon = "Woodwinds|Bassoon";
const CString kWoodwindsOther = "Woodwinds|Other";
/**@}*/
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined Musical Style */
namespace MusicalStyle
{
/**
* \defgroup musicalStyle Predefined Musical Style
*/
/**@{*/
const CString kAlternativeIndie = "Alternative/Indie";
const CString kAlternativeIndieGothRock = "Alternative/Indie|Goth Rock";
const CString kAlternativeIndieGrunge = "Alternative/Indie|Grunge";
const CString kAlternativeIndieNewWave = "Alternative/Indie|New Wave";
const CString kAlternativeIndiePunk = "Alternative/Indie|Punk";
const CString kAlternativeIndieCollegeRock = "Alternative/Indie|College Rock";
const CString kAlternativeIndieDarkWave = "Alternative/Indie|Dark Wave";
const CString kAlternativeIndieHardcore = "Alternative/Indie|Hardcore";
const CString kAmbientChillOut = "Ambient/ChillOut";
const CString kAmbientChillOutNewAgeMeditation = "Ambient/ChillOut|New Age/Meditation";
const CString kAmbientChillOutDarkAmbient = "Ambient/ChillOut|Dark Ambient";
const CString kAmbientChillOutDowntempo = "Ambient/ChillOut|Downtempo";
const CString kAmbientChillOutLounge = "Ambient/ChillOut|Lounge";
const CString kBlues = "Blues";
const CString kBluesAcousticBlues = "Blues|Acoustic Blues";
const CString kBluesCountryBlues = "Blues|Country Blues";
const CString kBluesElectricBlues = "Blues|Electric Blues";
const CString kBluesChicagoBlues = "Blues|Chicago Blues";
const CString kClassical = "Classical";
const CString kClassicalBaroque = "Classical|Baroque";
const CString kClassicalChamberMusic = "Classical|Chamber Music";
const CString kClassicalMedieval = "Classical|Medieval";
const CString kClassicalModernComposition = "Classical|Modern Composition";
const CString kClassicalOpera = "Classical|Opera";
const CString kClassicalGregorian = "Classical|Gregorian";
const CString kClassicalRenaissance = "Classical|Renaissance";
const CString kClassicalClassic = "Classical|Classic";
const CString kClassicalRomantic = "Classical|Romantic";
const CString kClassicalSoundtrack = "Classical|Soundtrack";
const CString kCountry = "Country";
const CString kCountryCountryWestern = "Country|Country/Western";
const CString kCountryHonkyTonk = "Country|Honky Tonk";
const CString kCountryUrbanCowboy = "Country|Urban Cowboy";
const CString kCountryBluegrass = "Country|Bluegrass";
const CString kCountryAmericana = "Country|Americana";
const CString kCountrySquaredance = "Country|Squaredance";
const CString kCountryNorthAmericanFolk = "Country|North American Folk";
const CString kElectronicaDance = "Electronica/Dance";
const CString kElectronicaDanceMinimal = "Electronica/Dance|Minimal";
const CString kElectronicaDanceClassicHouse = "Electronica/Dance|Classic House";
const CString kElectronicaDanceElektroHouse = "Electronica/Dance|Elektro House";
const CString kElectronicaDanceFunkyHouse = "Electronica/Dance|Funky House";
const CString kElectronicaDanceIndustrial = "Electronica/Dance|Industrial";
const CString kElectronicaDanceElectronicBodyMusic = "Electronica/Dance|Electronic Body Music";
const CString kElectronicaDanceTripHop = "Electronica/Dance|Trip Hop";
const CString kElectronicaDanceTechno = "Electronica/Dance|Techno";
const CString kElectronicaDanceDrumNBassJungle = "Electronica/Dance|Drum'n'Bass/Jungle";
const CString kElectronicaDanceElektro = "Electronica/Dance|Elektro";
const CString kElectronicaDanceTrance = "Electronica/Dance|Trance";
const CString kElectronicaDanceDub = "Electronica/Dance|Dub";
const CString kElectronicaDanceBigBeats = "Electronica/Dance|Big Beats";
const CString kExperimental = "Experimental";
const CString kExperimentalNewMusic = "Experimental|New Music";
const CString kExperimentalFreeImprovisation = "Experimental|Free Improvisation";
const CString kExperimentalElectronicArtMusic = "Experimental|Electronic Art Music";
const CString kExperimentalNoise = "Experimental|Noise";
const CString kJazz = "Jazz";
const CString kJazzNewOrleansJazz = "Jazz|New Orleans Jazz";
const CString kJazzTraditionalJazz = "Jazz|Traditional Jazz";
const CString kJazzOldtimeJazzDixiland = "Jazz|Oldtime Jazz/Dixiland";
const CString kJazzFusion = "Jazz|Fusion";
const CString kJazzAvantgarde = "Jazz|Avantgarde";
const CString kJazzLatinJazz = "Jazz|Latin Jazz";
const CString kJazzFreeJazz = "Jazz|Free Jazz";
const CString kJazzRagtime = "Jazz|Ragtime";
const CString kPop = "Pop";
const CString kPopBritpop = "Pop|Britpop";
const CString kPopRock = "Pop|Pop/Rock";
const CString kPopTeenPop = "Pop|Teen Pop";
const CString kPopChartDance = "Pop|Chart Dance";
const CString kPop80sPop = "Pop|80's Pop";
const CString kPopDancehall = "Pop|Dancehall";
const CString kPopDisco = "Pop|Disco";
const CString kRockMetal = "Rock/Metal";
const CString kRockMetalBluesRock = "Rock/Metal|Blues Rock";
const CString kRockMetalClassicRock = "Rock/Metal|Classic Rock";
const CString kRockMetalHardRock = "Rock/Metal|Hard Rock";
const CString kRockMetalRockRoll = "Rock/Metal|Rock &amp; Roll";
const CString kRockMetalSingerSongwriter = "Rock/Metal|Singer/Songwriter";
const CString kRockMetalHeavyMetal = "Rock/Metal|Heavy Metal";
const CString kRockMetalDeathBlackMetal = "Rock/Metal|Death/Black Metal";
const CString kRockMetalNuMetal = "Rock/Metal|NuMetal";
const CString kRockMetalReggae = "Rock/Metal|Reggae";
const CString kRockMetalBallad = "Rock/Metal|Ballad";
const CString kRockMetalAlternativeRock = "Rock/Metal|Alternative Rock";
const CString kRockMetalRockabilly = "Rock/Metal|Rockabilly";
const CString kRockMetalThrashMetal = "Rock/Metal|Thrash Metal";
const CString kRockMetalProgressiveRock = "Rock/Metal|Progressive Rock";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRB = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBClassic = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|Classic R&B";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBModern = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|Modern R&B";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBPop = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|R&B Pop";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBWestCoastHipHop = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|WestCoast Hip-Hop";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBEastCoastHipHop = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|EastCoast Hip-Hop";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBRapHipHop = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|Rap/Hip Hop";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBSoul = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|Soul";
const CString kUrbanHipHopRBFunk = "Urban (Hip-Hop / R&B)|Funk";
const CString kWorldEthnic = "World/Ethnic";
const CString kWorldEthnicAfrica = "World/Ethnic|Africa";
const CString kWorldEthnicAsia = "World/Ethnic|Asia";
const CString kWorldEthnicCeltic = "World/Ethnic|Celtic";
const CString kWorldEthnicEurope = "World/Ethnic|Europe";
const CString kWorldEthnicKlezmer = "World/Ethnic|Klezmer";
const CString kWorldEthnicScandinavia = "World/Ethnic|Scandinavia";
const CString kWorldEthnicEasternEurope = "World/Ethnic|Eastern Europe";
const CString kWorldEthnicIndiaOriental = "World/Ethnic|India/Oriental";
const CString kWorldEthnicNorthAmerica = "World/Ethnic|North America";
const CString kWorldEthnicSouthAmerica = "World/Ethnic|South America";
const CString kWorldEthnicAustralia = "World/Ethnic|Australia";
/**@}*/
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Predefined Musical Character */
namespace MusicalCharacter
{
/**
\defgroup musicalCharacter Predefined Musical Character */
/**@{*/
//----TYPE------------------------------------
const CString kMono = "Mono";
const CString kPoly = "Poly";
const CString kSplit = "Split";
const CString kLayer = "Layer";
const CString kGlide = "Glide";
const CString kGlissando = "Glissando";
const CString kMajor = "Major";
const CString kMinor = "Minor";
const CString kSingle = "Single";
const CString kEnsemble = "Ensemble";
const CString kAcoustic = "Acoustic";
const CString kElectric = "Electric";
const CString kAnalog = "Analog";
const CString kDigital = "Digital";
const CString kVintage = "Vintage";
const CString kModern = "Modern";
const CString kOld = "Old";
const CString kNew = "New";
//----TONE------------------------------------
const CString kClean = "Clean";
const CString kDistorted = "Distorted";
const CString kDry = "Dry";
const CString kProcessed = "Processed";
const CString kHarmonic = "Harmonic";
const CString kDissonant = "Dissonant";
const CString kClear = "Clear";
const CString kNoisy = "Noisy";
const CString kThin = "Thin";
const CString kRich = "Rich";
const CString kDark = "Dark";
const CString kBright = "Bright";
const CString kCold = "Cold";
const CString kWarm = "Warm";
const CString kMetallic = "Metallic";
const CString kWooden = "Wooden";
const CString kGlass = "Glass";
const CString kPlastic = "Plastic";
//----ENVELOPE------------------------------------
const CString kPercussive = "Percussive";
const CString kSoft = "Soft";
const CString kFast = "Fast";
const CString kSlow = "Slow";
const CString kShort = "Short";
const CString kLong = "Long";
const CString kAttack = "Attack";
const CString kRelease = "Release";
const CString kDecay = "Decay";
const CString kSustain = "Sustain";
const CString kFastAttack = "Fast Attack";
const CString kSlowAttack = "Slow Attack";
const CString kShortRelease = "Short Release";
const CString kLongRelease = "Long Release";
const CString kStatic = "Static";
const CString kMoving = "Moving";
const CString kLoop = "Loop";
const CString kOneShot = "One Shot";
/**@}*/
};
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg
+30
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vstpshpack4.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 05/2010
// Description : This file turns 4 Bytes packing of structures on. The file
// pluginterfaces/base/falignpop.h is the complement to this file.
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined __BORLANDC__
#pragma -a4
#else
#if (_MSC_VER >= 800 && !defined(_M_I86)) || defined(_PUSHPOP_SUPPORTED)
#pragma warning(disable:4103)
#endif
#pragma pack(push)
#pragma pack(4)
#endif
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+166
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Project : VST SDK
//
// Category : Interfaces
// Filename : pluginterfaces/vst/vsttypes.h
// Created by : Steinberg, 12/2005
// Description : Common Defines
//
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This file is part of a Steinberg SDK. It is subject to the license terms
// in the LICENSE file found in the top-level directory of this distribution
// and at www.steinberg.net/sdklicenses.
// No part of the SDK, including this file, may be copied, modified, propagated,
// or distributed except according to the terms contained in the LICENSE file.
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#pragma once
#include "pluginterfaces/base/fstrdefs.h"
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace Steinberg {
namespace Vst {
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** VST 3 SDK Version */
#ifndef kVstVersionString
#define kVstVersionString "VST 3.8.0" ///< SDK version for PClassInfo2
#endif
#define kVstVersionMajor 3
#define kVstVersionMinor 8
#define kVstVersionSub 0
#define VST_VERSION ((kVstVersionMajor << 16) | (kVstVersionMinor << 8) | kVstVersionSub)
// Versions History which allows to write such code:
// #if VST_VERSION >= VST_3_6_5_VERSION
#define VST_3_8_0_VERSION 0x030800
#define VST_3_7_14_VERSION 0x03070E
#define VST_3_7_13_VERSION 0x03070D
#define VST_3_7_12_VERSION 0x03070C
#define VST_3_7_11_VERSION 0x03070B
#define VST_3_7_10_VERSION 0x03070A
#define VST_3_7_9_VERSION 0x030709
#define VST_3_7_8_VERSION 0x030708
#define VST_3_7_7_VERSION 0x030707
#define VST_3_7_6_VERSION 0x030706
#define VST_3_7_5_VERSION 0x030705
#define VST_3_7_4_VERSION 0x030704
#define VST_3_7_3_VERSION 0x030703
#define VST_3_7_2_VERSION 0x030702
#define VST_3_7_1_VERSION 0x030701
#define VST_3_7_0_VERSION 0x030700
#define VST_3_6_14_VERSION 0x03060E
#define VST_3_6_13_VERSION 0x03060D
#define VST_3_6_12_VERSION 0x03060C
#define VST_3_6_11_VERSION 0x03060B
#define VST_3_6_10_VERSION 0x03060A
#define VST_3_6_9_VERSION 0x030609
#define VST_3_6_8_VERSION 0x030608
#define VST_3_6_7_VERSION 0x030607
#define VST_3_6_6_VERSION 0x030606
#define VST_3_6_5_VERSION 0x030605
#define VST_3_6_0_VERSION 0x030600
#define VST_3_5_0_VERSION 0x030500
#define VST_3_1_0_VERSION 0x030100
#define VST_3_0_0_VERSION 0x030000
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** \defgroup vst3typedef VST 3 Data Types
* Data Types defined by VST 3
*/
/**@{*/
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// String Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef char16 TChar; ///< UTF-16 character
typedef TChar String128[128]; ///< 128 character UTF-16 string
typedef const char8* CString; ///< C-String
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// General
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef int32 MediaType; ///< media type (audio/event)
typedef int32 BusDirection; ///< bus direction (in/out)
typedef int32 BusType; ///< bus type (main/aux)
typedef int32 IoMode; ///< I/O mode (see \ref vst3IoMode)
typedef int32 UnitID; ///< unit identifier
typedef double ParamValue; ///< parameter value type: normalized value => [0.0, 1.0]
typedef uint32 ParamID; ///< parameter identifier: value in range [0, 0x7FFFFFFF].
/// The range [0x80000000, 0xFFFFFFFF], is reserved for host application.
typedef int32 ProgramListID; ///< program list identifier
typedef int16 CtrlNumber; ///< MIDI controller number (see \ref ControllerNumbers for allowed values)
typedef double TQuarterNotes; ///< time expressed in quarter notes
typedef int64 TSamples; ///< time expressed in audio samples
typedef uint32 ColorSpec; ///< color defining by 4 component ARGB value (Alpha/Red/Green/Blue)
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
static const ParamID kNoParamId = 0xFFFFFFFF; ///< default for uninitialized parameter ID
static const ParamID kMinParamId = 0; ///< value min for a parameter ID
static const ParamID kMaxParamId = 0x7FFFFFFF; ///< value max for a parameter ID
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Audio Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef float Sample32; ///< 32-bit precision audio sample
typedef double Sample64; ///< 64-bit precision audio sample
typedef double SampleRate; ///< sample rate
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Speaker Arrangements Types
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef uint64 SpeakerArrangement; ///< Bitset of speakers
typedef uint64 Speaker; ///< Bit for one speaker
/**@}*/
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const FIDString SDKVersionString = kVstVersionString;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersionMajor = kVstVersionMajor;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersionMinor = kVstVersionMinor;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersionSub = kVstVersionSub;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion =
((SDKVersionMajor << 16) | (SDKVersionMinor << 8) | SDKVersionSub);
// Versions History which allows to write such code:
// if constexpr (SDKVersion >= SDKVersion_3_6_5) { ... }
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_8_0 = VST_3_8_0_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_14 = VST_3_7_14_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_13 = VST_3_7_13_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_12 = VST_3_7_12_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_11 = VST_3_7_11_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_10 = VST_3_7_10_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_9 = VST_3_7_9_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_8 = VST_3_7_8_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_7 = VST_3_7_7_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_6 = VST_3_7_6_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_5 = VST_3_7_5_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_4 = VST_3_7_4_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_3 = VST_3_7_3_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_2 = VST_3_7_2_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_1 = VST_3_7_1_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_7_0 = VST_3_7_0_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_14 = VST_3_6_14_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_13 = VST_3_6_13_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_12 = VST_3_6_12_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_11 = VST_3_6_11_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_10 = VST_3_6_10_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_9 = VST_3_6_9_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_8 = VST_3_6_8_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_7 = VST_3_6_7_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_6 = VST_3_6_6_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_5 = VST_3_6_5_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_6_0 = VST_3_6_0_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_5_0 = VST_3_5_0_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_1_0 = VST_3_1_0_VERSION;
static SMTG_CONSTEXPR const uint32 SDKVersion_3_0_0 = VST_3_0_0_VERSION;
//------------------------------------------------------------------------
} // namespace Vst
} // namespace Steinberg